You are on page 1of 110

201

Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Thursdays in Christmastide



201

The Chapter

Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the Chapter as follows:

I

I I

I I

I



I

I





I

I

I I



I ~



Mar-y ev-er-vir-gin, t re-joice that thou wast deem-ed meet to bear the

I • I I



I



I



I I

I

I

I

I





Cre-a-tor of Heav-en and the Earth, * for thou hast brought forth from thy womb

I I. • I I; 111 a ',' '.; II ~

the Sa-viour of the world. All respond: I¥. Thanks be to God.
~ The Versicle
/
I I I • I I II\".'.II! 111
Then the 1st Cantor alone

chants the Versicle," y. 0 Christ, a- rise, help us.
I I I !I. I I I I I 11\"·'.111 II ~
The V er sicte' s Response
is chanted by All: ~. And de- liv- er us for Thy Name's sake. The Litany. The Lord's Praver. and The Collect

The Hebdomadary

O' I I I I I 1111

alone chants: Y. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

Only the 1st Cantor's ;ide b' I I I I I 'If

. b •

Only the 2nd Cantor's side I I I I .

ei the Quire continues: ~. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son, f2i. the Quire continues: ~. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

O l h 1 C 's sid 0 I •. I I II~ 0 I h 2 d C' 's sid 0 I ••• I II~

!Ll!DI. t e __§J_ antor s Sl e I !Ll!DI. t e.....!l_ antor s Sl e •

f2i. the Quire continues: ~.Chris-te el-e-y-son,

o« h 1 C 's sid 0 I ••• I II~

~ t e __§J_ antor s Sl e •

f2i. the Quire continues: ~.Chris-te el-e-y-son. Only the 1st Cantor's side b' I I I I. '11ij f2i. the Quire continues: ~. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

T hen the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone

ei: the Quire continues: ~. Chris-te el-e-y-son,

, 0 • 4

Only the 2nd Cantor's side I I I I I III

Qf. the Quire continues: ~. Kyr-i-e e)-e-y-son. 6~

All I • ~ 1\ I I ~'. II

I

• I

~. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

I 111

conclude:

chants the beginning of the Lord's Prayer: y. Our Fath-er.

and then, as prescribed by St . Benedict, this is continued totally in silence:

Who art in Heaven, Hallowed be Thy Name. Thy Kingdom come, Thy Will be Done, on Earth, as It is in Heaven. Give us this day our daily bread; and forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive those that trespass against us.

Until the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone

a •



• • I • I



resumes the chant of the prayer with the words: y. And lead us not in-to temp-ta-tion.

a

I

I I • I



I

All respond:

~. But de-liv-er us from



e- vii.

I

202 I Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Thursdays in Christmastide II 202

If IIw Hebdomodary is a Priest or I, ' I I'i 'II~ All I, ' ,!Ii 'II a Deacon, he chants alone: y. The Lord be with you. respond:!y. And with thy! spir-it. (But if not, or if chanted without anyone else present, then, in place of the abo~e, the

Hebdomadary I .' ; !!j • II~ All I. • • • • • .: • 111

alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond: !y. And let my ery come un-to Thee.)

The Hebdomadary alone then chants the following Collect: i

I ..; ". • ,. • • • Ii •• • ...., • • :. • 1

y. ~t us pray. 0 Lord God Ai-migh-ty, Who hast brought us to the be-gln-lng ~f this

I• • • •• •• • ••• • I • • • 'I I zJ

. -.. :"

. ,

"" day, de-fend us' in the same with Thy Migh-ty Power, thatwe may not fall t~is day

I •• ' • ',' I. I. .. · .... p' '1

in-to an-y sin, but that all our thoughts, words, and works may be di-rec-ted to :1

I···· I •• I • ••• -;

• ': • I ~ r

the ful-fil-ment of Thy Righ-teous-ness. Through Our Lord Je-sus Christ, /'

1.,1.1 ••••• - 11 •••• ,. I.·~.'.

Thy Son, Who Iiv-eth and reign-eth with Thee in the U-nit-y of the Ho-ly Ghost, God,

I· • • •• ••• • II' All I I • II ~

through all the a-ges of a-ges.

respond: !y. A-men.

If the H ebdomadary is a Priest or ~I ~'~'§~~~~!!j§~. ~,,~

I





.......

a Deacon, he chants" alone: y. The Lord be with you. respond:!y. And with thy spir-it, ~

(But if not, or if chanted without anyone else present, then, in place of the above, the

Hebdomadary I .' ~ ,.. • Ilij All I. • • • • • • • f alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond: !y. And let my cry come un-to Thee.)

The Conclusion

I

The Conclusion is begun

. ~' .. , ["

I

.... "1:

• ~· •• I I~

by the 1 st Cantor alone: y. Let us bless the Lord.

Then the Abbot (or Senior I~~~.~~.~.~~.~~~.~~.~~.~~.~~.~.~~.~'~II~

in Quire) adds:

respond: ~. Thanks be to God.

y. May the Div-ine III Help re-main with us al-ways, I

I

















II

respond: !y. And with our ab-sent breth-ren. A - men.

And so is concluded Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Thursdays in Christmastide according to the Sarum Monastic Office of the Rule of St. Benedict.

In some places, immediately after Prime, all proceed to the Chapter Room (if there be such apart from the Monastery Church), where the Capitular Office for Chapter, as given after Prime of Sunday pp. 64 - 70 in Volume I (The Psalter Outside of Paschaltide), begins immediately with a Short Lesson and the Reading of the Martyrology, as indicated therein.

Terce, Sext , and None for Thursday are given as for Terce, Sext and None for Tuesday, as given after Prime for Tuesday, pp. 100 - 114.

203 I

Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Thursdays in Christmastide

I 203

VESPERS FOR THE HOLY THEOTOKOS ON THURSDAYS

(from the Octave of Epiphany, Jan. 13 ! 26, to the Purification, Feb. 2 ! 15) I • •

• •













The Hebdomadary alone chants: Y •. 0 God, + be At-ten-tive un-to help-ing me.

.' • • • • • II • .• .•

• ••



All respond:

• • •





~.O Lord, make haste to help me. Glor-- y be'

• I ••• , ' "I." , , ,

to the Fath- er, and to the Son; + and to the Ho- Iy Ghost. As it was in the

• ' ~ .. ' I, , • • • I. , '" ". '., 'II ~

be- gin- ning, both now and ev- er, and un- to the a- ges of a- ges. A- men.

Outside the Season of But, only during the Season of Septuagesima,

Septuagesima , here add: in place ei. "Alleluya," here add: I'

'. " . ~ i:'~' =~.~;. ==:;'=;'=~'~I=~'~~'~'~~'~~'=~'~~~

Ii ~. II j !: ~ 'Itj

I'



custom of the pl~e, till respond: ~ Thou re - main - est a stain - less Vir - gin;

S !Ii !Ii !Ii I • ' • '. II

I "

AI- le- lu- ya.

Praise be to Thee, 0 Lord, King of E- ter-- nal Glor- y.

The Psalms

Then the 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the 1st Antiphon:

On all Doubles, or if it be the

I

,

-;-. I~

Af-ter Child-Bear-ing.

.. . .'

,



. ~

I

Bear-er of God, in-ter-cede for us .

. t .j. ~

Tone 4 I [0 0 OJ" 0 [" "]' II 0 0 -.- 0 0

Psalm 138: VV. 1 - 9:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st portion of the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

o Lord, Thou hast prov-ed me 1 and Thou know-est me; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: / A

Thou knowest my down-sitting 1 and mine up-ri-sing.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Thou hast dls-cern'd J my thoughts from a-far; * my path and my t lot hast Thou tra-ced out,

And hast 1 fore-seen all my ways, * for there t is no guile in my tongue.

Behold, Lord, Thou knowest all things, t the last and the first; * Thou hast

fashioned me and hast laid t Thy Hand up-on miL A

Thy knowledge is too won-l der-fuJ fflr _!lie; * it is mighty; I can-l not at-tain tin-to it. Whither shall I go t from Thy Spir-it, * and from Thy Pres- t ence whith-er shall I flee?

If I go up into 1 Heav-en, Thou art there; * if I go down into Ha- t des, Thou art Pres-ent there.

If I take up 1 my wings toward the dawn, * and make mine abode in the ut- t ter-most parts Of the sea,

.. "'

J,~ ~ A

• •• • -+- ~

, • , , II'

*

204

Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Thursdays in Christmastide

204

,t J, 2

"tl I~I tl ~III VI 1+-0 AI

Tone 4 • t I j I I t G I I~ - - - - - -

Even there shall 1 Thy Hand guide me, * and Thy 1 Right Hand shall hold me. Glory be to the Fath- 1 er , and to the + Son, * 1 and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, * and unto the ages. of

a- 1 ges. A-men. "

J, ~

I I III I I I I I-+-

"

_ A

Psalm 138: vv. 10 - 23

The" 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd portion of the 1st Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes '(within the first set of brackets therein}:

And Lsaid. "Surely dark- 1 ness shall tread me down, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: _

/' and the night shall be turned in- 1 to Light in

my de-light.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. .the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: I

For darkness 'will not be darkness with Thee, t and night shall 1 be bright as the day; * as is the darkness thereof, even s9 1 shall the Light there-of bEt

For Thou hast pos-sess- 1 ed my reins, 0 Lord; * Thou hast holpen 1 me from

my moth-er's womb. .

I will confess Thee, for awesomely art thou won-drous; t mar- 1 vel-Ious are Thy works, * and my soul 1 know-eth it right well.

My bone is not hid from Thee, which Thou rna- 1 dest in se-cret; * nor my

substance in the neth- 1 er -mcst parts of the Earth. ,

My being while it was still unformed Thine Eyes did see, t and in Thy book shall all 1 men be writ-ten; * day by day they are formed, when as 1 yet there be none

of them. #

But to me, exceedingly honourable 1 are Thy friends, 0 Lord; * their

principalities 1 are made ex-ceed-ing strong. _. '

I will _count them, and they shall be multi-pli - 1 ed more than the sand; * I '"

awoke and 1 I am still with Thed.; # '

Surely Thou wilt slay the 1 sin-ners, 0 God; * ye men 1 of blood, de-part from me. # Fgr Thou wilt say con- 1 cern-lug their thoughts * that in vain shall 1 they take Thy cit-ies.

As for them that hate, Thee, 0 Lord, have 1 I not ha-ted them; :« and because of

Thine enemies 1 have I not pined a-way? e '

With perfect hatred 1 have I ha-ted them; * they are reck- 1 on'd en-em-ies with me. Prove me, 01 God, and knQw my heart; * exam-:- 1 ine me and know my paths. And, see if the way of in-i- 1 quit-y be in me * and guide me in the 1 way

ev-er-last-ing.

Glory be to the Fath- 1 er, and to the + Son, :« 1 and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

1\s it was in the beginning, both 1 now and ev-er, * and unto the ages 1 of a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 139:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the Znd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Res-cue me, 0 Lord, 1 from the e-vil man; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse: ,

from the un- 1 just man de-liv-er me;

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Who have devised in- 1 jus-tice in their heart; * all the day long have they ar- 1 ray-ed them-selves for wars.

They have ~ whetted their tongue like that 1 of a ser-pent; * the venom of asps 1 is un-der their Ii ps.

Keep me, 0 Lord, from the hand) of the sin-ner; * res+] cue me [rom un-just men, Who have devised to 1 un-der-mine my steps; * the proud J,. have hid a snare for me.

205

Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Thursdays in Christmastide

205

Tone 4 I (' , 'J "' ('"' ']'" ,,---" I And with cords have the) spread J, a snare for my feet; * stumbling-blocks near the J, paths have they set for me.

I said unto the J, Lord: "Thou art My God; * give ear, 0 Lord, unto the voice of J, my sup-plic-a-tiOn.

Lord, 0 Lord, Thou Strength of .1 my sal-va-tion, * Thou hast overshadowed

my head in J, the day of bat-tie. - r

Because of my, desire, 0 Lord, give me not up unto the sin-ner; t they have taken coim- J, sel a-gainst me; * forsake me not, lest they J, should be ex-alt-dd.,

As for the head of those J, that en-cir-ele me, * the mischief of J, their lips shall

cov-er them. -: .

". Coals "shall fall up-on them; t in fire J, shalt Thou cast them down, * and they

~ shall not J, stand in af-flic-tions ..

A babbllng man shall nGt J, pros-per on the Earth; * evils shall hunt an unjust

man J, to his des-truc-tion. ..

I know that the Lord will main-tain' J, the cause of the poor, * and the j

jus- J, tice Of the pau-pers. I,

Surely the righteous J, shall con-fess- Thy Name, * and the upright shall J, dwell

in Thy Pres-ence. .

Glory be to the Fath- J, er, and to the + Son, * J, and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

1\s it was in the beginning, both J, now and ev-er, * and unto the ages J, of a-ges. A-men.

I I III I •

Psalm 140.-

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse o], the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Lord, I have cri-ed unto Thee, J, heark-en un-to me; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse: ,

4 attend to the voice of my supplication J, when

I cry un-to Thee. ..

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the {entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Let my prayer be set f'orth as in- J, cense be-fore Thee, * the lifting up of my hands as J, an eve-ning sac-rif-ice.

Set, Q Lord, a J, watch be-fore my mouth * and a door of enelo- J, sure round

a-bout my lips. ~ , A

Incline not my heart unto J, ,words of e-vil * to make excuse with 1. ex-cu-ses in sins, With men that J, work in-i-quit-y; * and I will not J- join with their cho-sen.

The righteous man will chasten me with mercy J, and re-prove me; * as for the oil of the sinner, let J, it not a-noint my head.

For yet more is my prayer in the presence J, Of their pleas-fires; * swallowed up near by the J, rock have their judg-es been.

They shall hear my words, for J, they be sweet-en-ed; * as a elod of earth is J, bro-ken up-on the Earth,

So have their bones been scattered nigh unto Ha-des; t for unto Thee, 0 Lord, J, 0 Lord, are mine eyes; * in Thee have I hoped; J, take not my soul a-way.

Keep me from the snare which, J, they have laid for me, * and from the

stumbling-blocks of them J, tpat work in-i-quit-Y.

The sinners shall fall in- J, to their own net; * I am alone J, un-til I pass by. Glory be to the Fath- J, er, and to the + Son, * J, and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

1\s it was in the beginning, both J, now and ev-er, * and unto the ages 1 of

a-ges. A-men. ....

I I 1" I I I '. I

I I

I



I I

I

Then. All repeat: Af-ter Child-Bear-ing thou re-main-est a stain-less Vir-gin;

~I~I~~~~~~~~I~I~I~I~~'~'~II~

Bear-er of God, in-ter-cede for us.

206

Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Thursdays in Christmastide

206

The Chapter

Then the Hebdomadarv alone chants the Chapter as follows:

I •••• • • •• I. • • I • •







The ho-ly ang-els praise thee, 0 Bear-er of God, t thou that didst not know

• . . •• • ~ I ·

I • ~ II All ~ • • ~ II ~

man, 01< and didst bear the Lord in thy womb. respond: J¥. Thanks be to God.

The Responsory

Then is sung the following Responsory:

The 1st C antor ~1~iI~~' ~~.~.~. ~'~~"'~'3~~"~'~~1\~!1 ~~III~~I~. ij

thou art ex-a l-ted.

tI· I\~ III 1

I



~ .

alone chants:

All respond:

The Hebdomadary

alone chants:

All respond:

The H ebdomadary

alone chants:

All respond:

I Ho-:-ly Bear-er of God,

".. ..' ....

Ho-Iy Bear-er of God,

tl~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ I'

= ' ~ "'.1.1

A-hove the quires of an-gels to the Heav-en-ly King-dom.'

". 1\1 III lij

thou art ex-al-ted,

y.

I

Thou art ex-al-ted.

I

I



I ,





• •









y, Glor- y be to the Fath- er, and to the Son, + I

_L_: ~





and to the Ho- Iy Ghost.

I • ,.. I

•• I' i

Ho-ly Bear-er of God, The Hymn

I

thou art ex-al-ted.

1 ~

\,







Then is sung the following Hymn:

I

I



I



I'i

I





The lst Cantor alone chants the intonation: 1. Her time f'ul-f'lll'd, That Son she bore,

The 1st Cantor's side only completes line 1: 4 Whom Ga-briel's voice had told a - fore; 1.4 The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 2:

2. The heav'n-Iy chor-us fill'd the sky,

4 The Ang-els sang to God on High, 2.4

Then All chant line 3:

3. Allhon-our, laud, and glor- y be,



o Je - sus, Vir - gin - Born to Thee, 3.4

I ... jIii;Ij

I

I





,.. .



1. Whom, in His Moth-er yet Con- ceal'd,

4 The in - fant Bap - tist had re-veal'd. 1. 2. What time to shep-herds, watch-ing lone,

4 They made ere- a- tion's Shep-herd Known. 2.

3. All glor - y, as is ev - er meet,

4 To Fath - er and to Par - a - clete, 3.

I

Ii '



Then All chant the "Amen" as follows:

A - men.

207

Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Thursdays in Christmastide

I 207

The Versicle

Then the 1st Cantor alone ~I~'~~'§§'~~§'§'§~§'~'§~'~'~~'~~·§·§§·~·~rt~"~··~."~111

chants this Versicle;' y. Af-ter Child-Bear-ing thou re-main--est a stain-less Vir-gin .

. I • •• • • • • • ·rt ....

This Versicle's Response-t '." II~

is chanted by All: ~. Bear-er of God, in-ter-cede for

The Antiphon on the Magnificat and the Magnificat

us.

Then is sung the following Antiphon on the Ma~nificat: ~a~~.~.~~.~~.~~.~~.~~::1~~.~~.~ij which is begun by the Abbot {or Senior if]. Quire} alone: The Vir-gip.-Moth--er, know-ing no man.

~ 6

On all Doubles. or if it be the custom of the place, ~~~. ~~~~~~~,.~~. ~~. ~~,..~~. ~~.~I

a All continue the Antiphon as follows: Brought forth with-out tra-vail the :i

O=~~~~II~~~. ~E~~~~' ~~~~~~~~~~;~~~.~d!

= • .~. •.. ... •.• th. •• l1li •

~ ::I .

world's Re-deem-er; He, Who is King of the an-gels, re-ceiv-ed nour-ish-ment from!'

a. • • • .-

• • •.•• II ~

a Heav-en-fill-ed Vir-gin bos-om.

The Magnificat (Luke 1: 46 - 55).

After the Antiphon on the Magnificat. the

... .. ~

I •

1st Cantor alone begins chanting the Magnificat: + My soul *.

Only the 1st Gantfir's side I2i the Quire responds with D:b::::::;·;::::::=.=::::;;:::::=.::::=.==.=::::n:::II~

the 2nd half of the 1st verse of the Magnificat: doth mag-ni-fy the Lord.

1- _ :.-.. A * 1-.. .j. .z, :.-.. ...

Tone 6 6 = ,...., ,0,..::1 Ih~ roo.] ::1 ••• Ilij

Only the 2nd Cantor's side I2i the Quire chants the 2nd verse of the Magnificat. using this Tone, including the intonation notes:

And my spir- 1 it hath re- joi-ced * in t God My Sa-viour.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side I2i the Quire chants the entire next verse (including the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For He hath look-ed upon the low-li-ness 1 of His hand-maid-en; * 1 for be-hold, from hence-forth all generations shall t call me: "Bless-ed."

For the Might-y One hath 1 done great things un-to me; * and t Ho-ly is His Name.

And His mer-cy is 1 on them that fear Him:l< 1 un-to gener-a-tion and t gen-er-a-tion.

He hath show- 1 ed strength with His Arm; :I< 1 He hath scat-ter-ed the proud in the imagin- J, a-tlon Of their heart.

He hath put down 1 the might-y from their seat, * 1 and ex-al-ted J, them of low deg-ree.

He hath fill-ed 1 the hun-gry with good things, * 1 and the ri"ch He hath sent

t emp-ty a-way.

He hath hoi-pen 1 His ser-vant Is-ra-el * 1 in re-mem-brance 1 Of His mer-cy, As He 1 spake to our fath-ers, * 1 to A-bra-ham, and his 1 seed for ev-er. Glor-y be to the 1 Fath-er, and to the + Son, :I< and t to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As)t was in the beginning, 1 both now and ev-er, :I< 1 and un-to the a-ges. of t a-ges. A-men.

208

Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Thursdays in Christmastide

208



the Antiphon:

b

The Vir-gin-Moth--er, know-ing no man brought forth with-out tra-vail the

,

I

,

••

I ,

I

I

I

I

I II ... iH 'II

world's Re-deem-er; He, Who is King of the an-gels,

b I ' I I I II ~

. '.. ::~

;

re-ceiv-ed nour-Ish-ment from

a Heav-en-fill-ed Vir-gin bos-om.

The Litany, The Lord's Prayer, and The Collect'

The Hebd.omadary

0' I I I I. 'II~

,

,

I I

1'1

I

I

I I

,

I

I

I

I . '

,

,

alone chants: y. Kyr-i-e-el-e-y-son.

61 ~ 01 ~

Only the 1st Cantor's side I I I I, III Only the 2nd Cantor's side I I I I I 'If /

Q1 the Quire continues: DJ. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son. ;

--- "1"'01

Only the 2nd Cantor's side I I I I 'I~

Q1 the Quire continues: .W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son. Only the 1st Cantor's side 0 I I I I I 'II~

. -

Q1 the Quire continues: W.Chris-te el-e-y-son. Q1 the Quire continues: W. Chris-te el-e-y-son.

Only the 1st Cantor's side b I I I I I 1111 Only the 2nd Cantor's side b I '" I I '111

Q1 the Quire continues: W.Chris-te el-e-y-son. Q1 the Quire continues: ~. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son. Only the 1st Cantor's side 6 I I I I I, '11ij All L;:: I ~ 1\ I I ~'. Ilij

Q1 the Quire continues: W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son,

conclude: W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

Then the Abbouror Senior in Quire} chants alone the Lord's Prayer, as follows:

I

,

y. Our Fath-er, Who art in Heav-en, Hal-lo-wed be Thy Name. Thy King-dom

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' , I 1

come, Thy Will be Done, on Earth, as It is in Heav-en. Give us this day our
I I • I • I • I I I I I I I I I 1
I I I
dail-y bread; and for-give us our tres-pass-es, as we for-give those that
I I • • I I I I • I I II 1
I I I I , tres-pass a-gainst us. And lead us not in-to temp-ta-tion.

I

I

I

• • •

I

All respond:

W. But de-liv-er us from e-vil.

All

I

I

I { the H ebdomadary is a Priest or ~I~I~~I§~= ~f!ji~~~·III.

I

a Deacon, he chants alone: y. The Lord be with you. respond:!y. And with thy spir-it. (But i { not, or i t chanted without anyone else present, then, in place of the above, the

Hebdomadary I I I = f!ji • II. All I I I I • I I • • 111

alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond: W. And let my cry come un-to Thee.)

209

Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Thursdays in Christmastide

209

The Hebdomadary alone then chants the following Collect:

I I

I I I

I I

I

I I

I I I I I I

I

I

y. Let us pray. 0 God, Who by the fruit-ful vir-gin-it-y of Bles-sed Mar-y hast

1 I I I I I I •••••••• 101 I • I. .~

be-stow-ed on man-kind the re-ward of e-ter-nal sal-va-tion; grant to us, we

I ••• I "~I I .1 I. '0', I ••••

be-seech Thee, to per-ceive that she in-ter-ce-deth for us, by whom we have been

I. •• I I • • • I • I I • I I. .~

ac-coun-ted meet to re-ceive the Auth-or of Life, Our Lord Je-sus Christ,

"'"I '. I ." I 1/ . I. I I • I • '. • I I • I I

Thy Son, Who liv-eth and reign-eth with Thee.In the U-nit-y of the Ho-Iy Ghost, God,

1 I • •• ~.. I II' All 1 = I II ij

through all the a-ges of a-ges. respond: W. A-men.

If the Hebdomadary is a Prie~t or ~1~'~~'~~;~~"'~~'~llij

I

All



a Deacon, he chants alone: y. The Lord be with you. respond: W. And with thy spir-it. (But if not, or if chanted without anyone else present, then, in place of the above, the

H ebdomadary I • I ; ,.. I II~ All I. I I • I I • • r

alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond: W. And let my cry come un-to Thee:)

- ~

The Commemorations

If some other Feasts of the Saints or Mysteries fall either on this Thursday or Friday, their commemorations are added here in the following manner. First, the following is inserted.'

-+- -+- -;-

I ~' •• 'I

-+-

All

The 1st Cantor

alone chants:

y. Let us bless the Lord. respond: W. Thanks be to God.

Then, for each commemoration, there is sung, in this order:

1) The Antiphon that would have been the Antiphon on the Magnificat, if such a Feast or Mystery was being observed as the main Feast of the day. These Antiphons are intoned by the 1st Cantor or the 2nd Cantor, alternating each such commemoration, and are continued by All.

2) The Versicle (together with its own Response) that would have been sung before the Antiphon on the Magnificat, if such a Feast or Mystery was being observed as the main Feast of the day. The Versicle is sung by the 2nd Cantor if the Antiphon sung beforehand was sung by the 1st Cantor, and vice-versa. All chant the Response.

3) The Collect (chanted by the Hebdomadary) that would have been chanted if such a Feast or Mystery was being observed as the main Feast of the day.

T his sequence 0 f Antiphon, V er sicle , and Collect is repeated for each commemoration. After the last commemoration (or next, if there was none other), 'the Commemoration of All Saints is begun either by the 1st Cantor or the 2nd Cantor,

/1

I

210

Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Thursdays in Christmastide

210

whichever is next in turn for

I p' I I

All

beginning the commemoration:

I .' '. '"

All ye Saints of God.

I •





• • ... I~







respond:

I

Who are

breth-ren and com-pan-ions of the Heav'n-ly cit-iz-ens,

• l1li.

• I

~ .

' .



in-ter-cede for us, we be-seech Thee.

Whichever one of the l st Cantor or 2nd Cantor did not begin the above Antiphon for

I '

the commemoration, ••••• • • ••• • • II ij

All

. Be glad, 0 ye righ-teous, and re-joice in the Lord.

now chants:

respond: ~. And be joy-ful, all ye that are true of heart. 'I~ To complete the Commemoration of All Saints, if it is done, the Hebdomadary I, alone then chants the Collect of All Saints, in the same Tone as that given for the Collect for given above, as follows.'

JI. Let us pray. We beseech Thee, 0 Lord, mercifully to look upon our

infirmities; and, at the intercession of all Thy Saints, turn from us all those evils that we most righteously have deserved. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages

of ages. ~. Amen.

After the last commemoration the following is added (but omitted altogether if no commemorations have been made):

If the H ebdomadary i..~.a Priest or I. • ~ ...

. ..

a Deacon, he chants alone: JI. The Lord be with you. respond:~. And with thy spir-it ...



(But if not, or if chanted without anyone else present, then, in place of the above, the

Hebdomadary I • I I ... • Ilij All I. '. • • • • • • r alone chants: JI. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond: ~. And let my cry come un-to Thee.)

All

I























II

The Conclusion

The following Conclusion is never omitted 11 there have been no commemorations, it is begun by the 1st Cantor alone,

........ -;- ;t

but if there were, it is begun ~I~~~~~~~·~~~··~··~r~

All

I

.... -;-

~' .. , I~

by the 2nd Cantor alone:

The Abbot (or Senior in Quire) chants:

JI. Let us bless the Lord. I

respond: ~. Thanks be to God.

• •••



• •

• • •

• II ~

AU

JI. May the Div-ine + Help re-main with us al-ways, I

respond:

~. And with our ab-sent breth-r-en. A - men.

And so is concluded Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Thursdays in Christmastide according to the Sorum Monastic Office of the Rule of St. Benedict

Compline for Thursday is sung as given for Compline for Monday, which is given after Vespers of Monday, pp. 61 - 66.

211 I Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide I 211

NIGHT

(MATINS) ON

VIGILS

FOR THE FRIDAYS

HOLY

THEOTOKOS

(from after the Octave Day of Epiphany, Jan. 13/26, until the Purification, Feb. 2/15) THE INTRODUCTION

The Hebdomadary alone chants:

Of

All respond:

I ·







• •







y. <? God, + be At-ten-tive un-to help-ing me. 1/









• II



• •





w. 0 Lord, make haste to help me. Glor- y be



















. ~,







• I

• •







• I •





to the Fath- er, and to the Son, + and to the Ho- Iy Ghost. As it was in the I • •









• • •

• • •



be- gin- ning, both now and ev- er, and un- to the a- ges of a- ges. A- men.

Outside the Season of Septuagesima , here add:

I ·

• • •

I •

. ~

But, only during the Season of S eptuagesima ,

in place ei. .. Allelu ya ," here -add:

• •

• I









AI- le- lu.- y~

Praise be to Thee, 0 Lord, King of E- ter- nal Glor-: y.

Making the Sign of the Cross on the lips, the 1st Cantor alone chants:

All respond:

Again, without the Sign of the Cross, the l st Cantor alone chants:

- --

All respond:

Once again J without the Sign of the Cross, the 1st Cantor alone chants:

All respond:

I





• •



• •



y. 0 + Lord, Thou shalt o-pen my lips. I .















W. And my- mouth shall de-clare Thy praise.

I. • ••••••

y.O I •

Lord, Thou shalt o-pen my lips.

• •

• • •





W. And my mouth shall de-clare Thy praise. I .











• •

,,~

y.O I •

Lord, Thou shalt o-pen my lips.





II~

• •

• • •

~. And my mouth shall de-clare Thy praise.

The Waiting Psalm-Psalm 3

Psalm 3 is then chanted while any late-comers may still enter the Quire, as [ollows:

212 I Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide 212

,t r s , ~ * , ....

Tone I ndirectum I ... [. 8 • I] ... ..' B • I • • ... • • • 8 • II ij

Psalm 3:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of ·tfie Psalm verse, using this Tone: o Lord, why are they multip-Iied 1 that af-fliet me? *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:' Many rise up against me.

And then, only th"e 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse,

the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: _ / ~

Many say 1 un-to my soul. * "There is no salvation for him 'in His God."

But Thou, 0 Lord, 1 art My Hel-per, * My Glory, and the Lif-ter up of my

head.

I crled unto the 1 Lord with _ my voice, * and He heard me out of His Ho-ly 'fi>. Moun-tain.

I 1 laid me down and slf}-pt; * I a-woke, for the Lord will help me. _

I will not be afraid of ten thousands of people that set themselves ag- 1 ainst

me round ab-out; * arise, 0 Lord; save me, 0 My God. ~ I

For Thou hast s~ittAen all who without cause 1 are mine en-em-ies; * the teeth 1,1 of sinners hast Thou bro-ken.

Sal-v a- 1 tion is Of the Lord; * and Thy blessing is up-on Thy peo-ple. Glory be to the Fath- 1 er, and to the lie Son, * and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

/ As it was in the beginning, both 1 now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of a-ges.

A-men.









• •









• I

The Invitatorv and The Venite-Psalm 94

Then the Cantors chants the Lnvitator y and the Venite (Psalm 94). The following I nvitatory and Venite are to be chanted in the following manner:

b .

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors •• 1 I • • 1\ • I "'1111., I •• , ... IIIl1ij

chant the entire Invitatory together: Let us praise God Borne of the Vir-gin, '" for praise is meet.

- 6· ,

Then All'repeat •• 1 I • • 1\ • I 11\111 I., I ...... 1II11~ ii;

the entire Invitator y: Let us praise God Borne of the Vir-gin, * for praise is meet.

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors b • •••• '. • • I •• • • •

begin the Venite together:

O. • •

Ps. Come, let us re-joice in the Lord; let us shout with

.1.

,

,





ju-bil-a-tion un-to God Our Sa-viour.

b

Let us come he-fore His Coun-ten-ance with



• III •





. ,





• • I •



" ~

thanks-giv-ing, and with Psalms let us shout in ju-bil-a-tion un-to Him.

b

Then All repeat ,I I , • 1\ • I 11\111 I .,

, -

I I, ..... III II

the entire lnvitatory: Let us praise God Borne of the Vir-gin, * for praise is meet.

o • '... I. ij

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors ,.

continue the Venue together:

b, '. ' I' .'

For the Lord is a Great God, and a Great King

,

, , ,



,

• I

,





,



o-ver all (gods; for the Lord will not cast off His peo-ple.) For in His Hand are

b

• •



,



. ,

,



I



II ~

the ends of the Earth, and the heights of the moun-tains are His.

b Iii

Then All repeat only the 2nd half ., =...... III

of the Invitaiory , as follows: For praise is meet.

213

Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

213

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors

continue the Venite together:

b I I

I

I

I

I

For the sea is His, and He made it; and the dry

Here ~b~~~'~~~'~~'~~'~~'~'~~~'~~~'~1

land His Hands have fash-ion-ed. all bow. 0 come, let us wor-ship, and fall down

b.. I. •• I •• • I • I II~ Here b ~ • I ~.

be-fore Him, and let us weep be-fore the Lord Who made us; all rise. For He is Our

b .

III I·

God. And we are the peo-ple of His pas-ture, and the sheep of His Hand.

.. .. 0 .

Then All repeat I~ ~. I • ,.. I I "'111 I II

/" .

~,

+,

... III II'

• •



I

• I







I



Let us praise God Borne of the Vir--gin, * for praise is meet.

a •

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors

the entire Invitatory:

I

• I



• •

I

I I

I



I



III I













I

I •



I

• ••••





To-day,· if ye will hear His Voice, har-den not your

•• • I • • • •• I' I ,

continue the Venite together:

hearts. As in the prov-o-ca-tion, in the day of temp-ta-tion in the wil-der-ness. For b •

I



• •



II

your fath-ers temp-ted Me; they prov-ed Me and saw My

b II

works.

Then All repeat only the 2nd half

~I ... III

.,

II'

of the I nsitautr y , as follows: For praise is meet.
b • • • • • • {'"
Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors •
continue the V enite together: For-ty years long was I griev-ed with that
b • • I • • • • I I • • • ,
• • • • I • • gen-er-a-tion, and I said: "They do al-ways err in their hearts. And they have not a •



I

I • •













• I

• •



known My ways, so I sware in Mine ang-er: 'They shall not en-ter in-to My rest.'"

Then All repeat a I II I I • ,.. I I "'111 I II ~'.I'" lilli'

Let us praise God Borne of the Vir--gin, * for praise is meet.

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors ~a~~.~~~.~~~.~~.~~.~~.~~.~~~.~~.~~~.~I ij

the entire Lnvitatory:

conclude the Venite together:

Glor-y be

to the Fath-er, and to the + Son,

b I



I





and to the Ho- Iy Ghost. As it was in the be-gin-ning, both now and ev-er, and



. I. . I I

III •

un-to the a-ges of a - ges. A - men.

Then All repeat only the 2nd half of the Invitator y , as follows:

.,

For praise is meet.

~, ... III

214 Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors chant the 1st half of the Invitator y:

Then All repeat only the 2nd half of the Invitator y , as follows:

Let us praise God Borne of the Vir-gin. *

L.,

For praise is meet.

The Hymn

I

Then is sung the following Hymn.'



I

1





I









,

The 1st Cant@r alone chants the intonation:

.... 1. In that chaste par-ent's ho; Jy womb The 1st Cantor's side only completes line 1: -;. The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 2:

2. The man-sion of· the mod- est breast

-;. . Be-comes a shrine where God shall rest; 2 . ..J~

Cel- es- tial grace hath found a horne; 1.-..;.

Then All chant line 3:
3. All hon-our, laud, and glor- y be,
-;. 0
I ~~ • 1\
• 1\ ~ lS=

• Je - sus, Vir - gin - Born to Thee, 3.-> . ...~





1\ •

II ~

1. And she, as earth-ly bride un-known,

-;. Yet calls that Off-spring Blest her own. 1. 2. The pure and ulJ..,,- de - fi -led one

" .

3. All glor - y, as

-;. Con - ceiv - ed in her womb the Son. 2. \~ is ev - er meet,

-;. To Fath - er : and to Par - a - clete, 3.

I

ih ' •

II ~

;

Then All chant the "Amen" as follows: A

- men.

THE FIRST NOCTURN

The Psalms

Five Psalms are then chanted for the First Nocturn , as follows:

Then the 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the 1st Antiphon:

• • 1\ .... ; • •

. ~

A Vir-gin in the Word con-ceiv-ed.

I

On all Doubles, or if it be the custom of the place, All respond:

• .,., 'I ; 1 l1li II. II ~

she bare the King of all kings.

1\ .; .

A Vir-gin she re-main-ed; as a Vir-gin



1l1li •



. ,

215

Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

215

,t 1', ,,*

Tone 2 I [ I] II I [I I] II I I I 8 I

• I 8 I

I I I III I I I

II.

I. . . ..

Psalm 85:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the l st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bow down Thine Ear, 0 Lord, and heark-en i un-to me, * Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse.' for poor and need- J, v am i.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Preserve my soul, for i am i/'Ho-Iy; '" save Thy servant, 0 My God, that

'" ho- J, peth in" Thee. .

Have mercy on me, 0 ~ord, for unto Thee will J cry all the day long; t make glad the soul of Thy T ser-vant, * for unto Thee have I lift- J, ed up my soul.

For Thou, 0 Lord, art Good and T Gen-tle, * and plenteous in mercy unto all :'

them that call J, up-on Thee. ;1

Give ear, 0 Lord, un-to i my prayer, * and attend unto the voice of mv I

sup- J, plic-a-tion. . _ ;,

In the day of mine affliction have I cri-ed i un-to Thee, oj< for Thou J, hast heard me.

There is none like unto Thee a-mong the i gods, 0 Lord, * nor are there any works like J, un-to Thy works.

All the nations whom Thou hast made shall come and shall worship be-fore

Thee, T 6 Lord, * and shall glor- J, i-fy Thy Name. .

For Thou are Great and work-est T won-ders; oj< Thou J, A -lone art God.

Guide me, 0 Lord, in Thy way, t and r will walk in i Thy Truth; * let my

heart rejoice that i 1 may fear Thy Name. ,

I will confess' Thee, 0 Lord My God, with T all my heart, * and I will glorify

Thy Name J, for ev-er. ..

For great is Thy mer-cy up- T on me, * and Thou hast delivered my soul from the neth-er- J, most Ha-des.

o God, transgressors have risen up a-gainst me, t and the assembly of the mighty hath sought af-ter T my soul; * and they have not set Thee J, be-fore them.

But Thou, 0 Lord My God, art Compassion-ate and

T Mer-ci-ful, * Long-Suffering, and Plenteous in mer- J, cy, and true:

Look upon me and have mercy up-on me; t give Thy strength un-to Thy T ser-vant, oj< and save the son of J, Thy hand-maid-en.

Work in me a sign un-to good, t and let them that hate me be-hold and be i piit to shame; * for Thou, 0 Lord, hast holpen me and com- J, for-ted me.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, * and to J, the Ho-Iy Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- J, ges. A-men.

Psalm 86:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

His foundations are in the Ho-ly T Moun-tains; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

the Lord loveth the gates of Syon more than all the dwell-ings J, of Ja-cob.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side C2L the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Glorious things are spo-ken T Of thee, * 0 cit- J, y Of God.

I will make mention of Raab and i Bab-y-lon .;: to them J, that know me.

.

216 I Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide 216

.. t f, A* J.,V:--"A

Tone 2 I ( • J ... (. I) .... • 8 • I • • • ... • • • II ~

-I. - - 8.- II •• ··

And 10, the foreigners and Tyre and the people of the E-thi- i o-pl-ansr > these 1 were born there.

A man will say: "Mother SY-()D," t and: "That man .was T born in

her ," :I< and: "The Most High Him-self 1 hath found-ed her." ,

The Lord shall tell it in the writ of the peoples and the T prin-ces, '" even these

that 1 were born in her. r

How joy-ous are T all they :I< that have their hab-i-ta- 1 tion.in Thee. Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, '" and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

_ As jt ~as in the beginning, both .now and i ev-er, '" and unto the ages of

a- 1 ges. A-men,..



".

Psalm 88: vv. 1 - 17: /

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st portion of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone" including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Of Thy mer-cies, i 0 Lord, '"

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

will I sing 1 for ev-er. l

And then, only the 1st Cantor's -side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: ,

Unto generation and gen-er- i a-tion '" will I de-clare Thy 1 Truth with my mouth.

For Thou hast said: "Mercy shall be built up for T ev-er. '" In the Heavens shall Thy Truth be 1 es-tab-lish-ed.

"I have made a covenant with My cho-sen ones t I have sworn unto Da-vid My i ser-vann > 'I \!i11 establish thy seed un-til I e-ter-nit-y,

" 'And build up T thy throne " unto generation ,and gen- 1 er-a-tidn.' "

The Heavens" shall confess Thy won-ders, T 0 Lord; '" and Thy Truth in 'the

congre-ga- 1 tion Of Saints. '

For who in the clouds shall be com-par-ed un- T to the Lord,' '" and who shall

be likened to the Lord a-mong 1 the sons of God? "~

God Who is Glorified in the coun-cil i of the Sai nts " is Great and Terrible towards all that are round 1 a-bout Him.

o Lord, God of hosts, who is like i un-to Thee? '" Mighty art Thou, 0 Lord, and Thy Truth is round 1 a-bout TheiL

Thou art Sovereign over the strength of T the sea, '" and the tumult of her waves

1 Thou ma-kest calm. .

Thou hast brought the proud man low as the corps~ of T one slain, :I< and with the arm of Thy power hast Thou scat-ter'd 1 Thine en-em-ies.

Thine are the Heavens, and Thine is the Earth; t the world and the f'ulness thereof hast Thou i found-ed; .... the north and the sea hast Thou 1 cre-a-ted.

Tabor and Hermon shall re-joice in i Thy Name; '" Thine is the Arm 1 That

hath might. _

~ Let Thy Hand be Strengthened, let Thy Right Hand be Lif-ted i up on

High; '" righteousness and judgment are the es-tab-lish- 1 ment of Thy Throne.

Mercy and Truth shall go be- i fore Thy Face; '" bless-ed is the people that knoweth jii- 1 bil-a-tldn.

o Lord, in the Light of Thy Face shall they walk, t and in Thy Name shall they re- joice all the i day lOng; '" and in Thy righteousness shall they be 1 ex-al-ted.

For ,the Boa§t of their T strength art Thou, :I< and in Thy good pleasure shall our

horn 1 be lif-ted high. _

For from the Lord is i our de-fence; '" yea, from the Holy One of Is- 1 ra-el, Our King.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, '" and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, '" and unto the ages' of

, A

a- 1 ges. A-men.

217 I Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide 217

... t t, ",* J.,v~""

Tone 2 I [ • J ... (. I] •••• • u • I • • • ••• • • • II ij

•• - El • •• • •

Psalm 88: vv. 18 - 50:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd portion of the 3rd Psalm, using this same Tone, indudingthe intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein):

At that time Thou spakest ina vision to Thy sons, and Thou~ didst say: t "I ha ve bestowed help on olJe that is i might-y; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side QJ_ the Quire completes the verse:

I have raised up one chosen out of J, My peo-pIe.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side QJ_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

~ "I hare fpund Da-vid My T ser-vant; * with My holy oil have I J, <an-oin-ted

.... him. -

For My Hand shall be unto him an i AI-Iy, * and Mine Arm J, shall strength-en him. "No advantage shall his ene-my have i ov-er him, * nor shall the son of iniquity avail to hurt J, him an-y more.

"And I will hew down his enem-ies be- i fore his face, * and them that hate I

him shall J, I put to fiight. , ~ .

"And My Truth and My mercy shall be T with him, :I< and in My Name shall his horn J, be lif-ted high.

"And I will set his hand T in the sea, * and his right hand in J, the riv-ers.

"He shall call upon Me and shall say: 'My Fath-er T art Thou, * My God, and the Helper of my J, sal-va-tldn.'

"And as for Me, I will make him my T first-born, * higher than the J, kings Of the Earth.

"For ever shall I keep for him My t mer-cy, * and My covenant shall be fai th- J, ful un-to him.

"And I will egablish his seed unto a-ges of i a-ges, * and his throne shall be as

the days J, of Heav-dn.

"If his sons for- T sake My law, * and if they walk not in J, My,judg-ments, "If My stat-utes T they pro-fane, * and keep not My J, com-mand-ments,

"I will visits their in-i -quit-ies T with a rod * 'and their injusti-ces J, with scourg-es.

"But My mercy will I not dis-perse a- T way from them, * nor will I wrong

J, them in My Truth. .

_ "Nor will I pro-fane My T Cov-en-ant, * nor the things that proceed from My

lips J, will make void. , ~

"Once have I sworn by My holiness that to Da-vid I T will not lie, * his seed for ev- J, er shall a-bide.

"And his throne shall be as the Sun before Me t and as the Moon that is es-tab-lish'd for T ev-er, * and is a faithful wit- J, ness in the sky."

But Thou hast cast off and T brought to nought; * Thou hast been wroth with Thine J, an-oint-ed.

Thou hast destroyed the Covenant Of Thy i ser-vant; * Thou hast profaned his Sanctu-ar-y] un-to the Earth.

Thou hast broken down all his i hedg-es; * Thou hast made his strongholds to be J, his ter-ror.

All have despoiled him that pass a- T long the way; * he is become a reproach

On-to J, his neigh-bours. , A

Thou hast exalted the right hand of them that af- T fliet hi m; * Thou hast

gladdened all J, his en-em-ies. ,

Thou hast turned away the help of T his sword, * and hast not helped him in J, the bat-tie.

Thou hast made an end of his piir-if-i- T ca-tion: * his throne unto the Earth hast J, Thou cast down.

218

Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

218

,t 1', lie J.V~A

Tone 2 I [ .] ••• [. I) •••• • 0 • I • • • ••• • ". II ij

• • 0 • • ••

Th9U hast shortened the days of i his time; * Thou hast poured down shame t up-on him.

How Jon1;' 0 Lord, dost Thou turn a-way un- i to the end; lie shall Thy wrath

burn 1 like fi-re? ~

Remember what my T sub-stance is; * nay, hast Thou created all the sons t of

man in vain? ~ .

Who is the man that shall live and T not see- death? * Can he deliver his soul out of the hand 1 of Ha-des?

WhJ!re are Thine ancient mer-cies, T 6 Lord, lie which Thou swarest unto ns- t vid in Thy Truth?

Remember, 0 Lord, the re-proach of Thy i ser-vants, * which I have endured

.... in my bosom" from man- 1 y na:-tiOns-. .

Wherewith Thine enem-Ies have re-,i proach'd, 0 Lord; * wherewith they have

reproached the recompense of Thine 1 an-oin-ted. ~

Bless-ed is the Lord for i ev-er . .;: So be it. 1 So be it.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the It Son, * and to 1 the Ho-Iy Ghost. ji

As jt was in' the beginning, both now and i ev-er, '* and unto the ages of

a- ,1. ges. A-men.

Psalm 92:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 4th Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The Lord is King, He is Cloth-ed with T maj-es-ty; lie

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: .

the Lord is Cloth-ed with strength and He

t hath girt Him-self.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For He es-tab-lish- T ed the world lie which shall not ,1. be sha-ken. A

Thy Throne is pre-par-ed i Of old; * Thou art from ev- t er-Ias-tlng. ,

The rivers have lifted T up, 0 Lord; lie the rivers have lifted up 1 their voi-ces. The rivers will lift T up their waves lie at the voices of man- ,1. y 'Yat-ers. Wonderful are the surg-ings T Of the sea; * wonderful on 1 high is the Lord.

Thy testimonies are made I ver-y sure; '* holiness becometh Thy House, 0 Lord, un- 1 to length of days.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the It Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, '* and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

Psalm 93:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 5th Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The Lord is the God of i veng-ean-ces: *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse.'

the God of vengeances hath spo-l ken o-pen-ly, And then, only the 1 sf Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Be Thou Exalted; 0 Thou That jiidg-est T the Earth; * ren-der 1 the proud their due. How long shall sin-ners, i 0 Lord, * how 10ng,,1. shall sin-ners boast?

How long shall they utter and speak un- l' righ-teous-ness? lie How long shall they speak, all they that work 1 in-i-quit-y?

Thy people, 0 Lord, have they i brought low; '* and to Thine inheri-tance ,1. have they done hurt.

Widow and or-phan i have they slain, * and the proselyte have t they mur-der-ed.

And Jhey said: "The Lord shall not T see it, lie nor will the God of Ja-cob 1- per-ceive it.

219 Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide I 219

t l' , * J I
[ . ~ . v - A
Tone 2 (continued) I I] , I llij
,., '" • 8 , , • • , .. , , ,
• • , , Understand then, ye mindless ones a-mong .the i peo-ple; * and ye fools, ~ at length be wise.

He That planted the ear, shall He T not hear? * Or He That formed the eye, doth J, He not per-eel ve? ...

He That chasteneth the heathen, shall He 1'- not re-buke, * He That teach-eth 1 man know-ledge?

The Lord know-eth the T thoughts of men * that J, they are vain.

Bless-ed is the man whom 'I'hou shalt chast-en, T 6 Lord; * and outof Thy law ~. shalt Thou J, in-struct him;

/'

That Thou mayest give him rest from T e-vil days, * until a pit be dug for J, the

,

• A

sin-ner, 'I

For the Lord. will not cast off His T peo-ple, =I< nor will He for-sake His ~'

J, in-her-i-tance; I,

Until righteousness re-turn un-to T judg-ment, * and all that are upright of heart J, be nigh there-to.

Who will rise up for me against the e-vil- i do-ers, '" or who will stand up with me against the workers Of 1 in-i-quit-y?

Unless the Lord had T brought me help, * my soul had well nigh so- journ'd 1 in Ha-des.

Whenever I said: "My i foot hath slipp'd," '" Thy mercy, 0 Lord, brought 1 help un-to me.. ;"'"

According to the multitude of my sor-rows T in my heart; * ,Thy consolatlons " brought glad-ness J, un-to my soul.

Let not the throne of iniquity have fel-low-ship f with Thee, =I< which maketh mischief in the name J, of the law.

They shall hunt down the soul of the T righ-teous man, * and .the innocent blood 1 shall they con-demn.

Yea, the Lord is be-come My i Ref-uge; '" and My God the Help- 1 er of my

hope.

And the Lord shall give back to them their own iniquit-y, t and according to their l' wick-ed-ness '" the Lord God shall make them to J, be seen no more.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * and to J, the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

Then, All repeat



, '"

,

~

,



• •

• ::I

,

the 1st Antiphon:

A Vir-gin in the Word con-ceiv-ed; a Vir-gin she re-rnain-ed;

I

, ith'! ~ III" ,

as a Vir-gin she bare the King of all kings.

The Versicle and the Lord's Prayer

220 I Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide I 220

T hen the 1 st Cantor alone ~I~~' ~~.~.~~~.~. ~~·~~~·~~~~~~~~~·I\~t]~·~·.~.,§gll ~

chants the Versicle: y.

I

The Versicle's Response

is chanted by All: ~. And Bless-ed, is the Fruit of thy

Bless-ed art thou a-mong wo

men.



• • I



• •



'1\ ., •.• ., 111

womb .

Then: the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone





chants the beginning of the Lord's Prayer: y. Our Fath-er.

and then,..as prescribed by St. Benedict, this is continued totally in silence:

..

Who art in Heaven,· Hallowed be Thy Name. Thy Kingdom

corne, Thy Will be Done, on Earth, as It is in Heaven. Give us this day our daily bread; and forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive

those that trespass against us.

Until the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone.

resumes the chant of the prayer with the words: y. And lead us not in-to temp-ta-tion.

a



• •

• •



I

All respond:

W. But de-liv-er us from

e- viI.

The Lessons and Responsories

T here now f Q,lJow

• <$

given in the Lectionary

following Absolution:

~I~'~~'~~'~'~~'~~'~~'~~'~~'~~~'~§·~~·~~·~~·~·~·~~I~~.~~lgli All

three Lessons each followed by a single Responsory, which -are

in the Proper. The Hebdomadary alone first chants the ~

Our help is in the Name of the Lord, Who hath made Heav-en and the Earth. respond: W. A-men. I

Before each Lesson the 1st Cantor alone

I

• •







requests a blessing as follows: . v. Lord, grant a bless-ing.

Then the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone chants in response one of the Blessings:

· .... .' · I..... .111 All I II • 111

y. May the pi-ous one with Off-spring, + the Vir-gin Mar-y, bless us. respond.Bi. A-men.

The 1st Cantor alone chants the 1st Lesson with this Tone:

I· ••• "0.1 ••••••• ·:::·1····



• I ~

The 1 st Cantor alone concludes the 1st Lesson with the following:











• •

All

I



• •

• II



But Thou, 0 Lord, have mer-cy up-on us.

respond: W. Thanks be to God.

The Hebdomadary alone then begins the chanting of the l st Responsory as given in the Proper. This is continued by All present, but the 1st Cantor alone chants the Verse attached to the Responsory, which is then followed by the repetition of the refrain portion of the Responsory by All.

221 I Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide 221

This sequence of:

1) The Request for Blessing by the l st Cantor;

2) The Blessing (from those given below) sung by the Abbot (or Senior in Quire);

3) The chanting of the Lesson by the 1st Cantor with the conclusion given above;

4) The reply "Thanks be to God." sung by All;

5) The beginning of the Responsory by the Hebdomadary;

6) The continuation of the Responsory by All;

7) The Verse of the Responsory chanted by the l st Cantor; and ·8) The repetition of the refrain of the Responsory by All, '

are observed for each of the 2nd, and 3rd Lessons and Responsories.

After the _comrletion of the 3th Responsory there is added:

"" 1) The l st Cantor alone chants "Glory be to the Father, and to the It Son, and

to the Holy Ghost." in the same'tone as the Verse of the 3th Responsory; and

2) A second repetition of the refrain of'the 3th Responosory by All.

This concludes the 1st Nocturn of the Night Vigils. (The Abbot may choose from these blessings:

1. From our sins It may the Mother of piety cleanse us.

2. Mary, Star of the sea, It come to aid us, most pious one.

3. Dear parent of Christ, It appease with prayer Him Whom thou dldst bear.

4. 0 Mother of the Messiah, It may the shadow of Wisdom be cast over us.

5. Altar of the Messiah, It may He admonish us with the sweetness of Mary.

6. Intercede. forti'us, It 0 pious Virgin Mary.

7. Be thou mindful of the mindful, It 0 gentle Queen of the Heavens.

,

8. Cleanse the wounds of our faults, It 0 glory of all ladies.

9. 0 Thou that dldst bear Christ, It protect this congregation.

10. Today may the blessed Virgin born It bless us.

11. 0 gate of joy, It may there be to us a sharing of the Virgin.)

(I f there is read a Homily on the Gospel [rom the Fathers, the following Blessing is given for the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) for the I st Lesson.

1. Make the Gospel It to be advantageous to us, 0 Mary.)

+

222

Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

222

THE SECOND NOCTURN

, The Psalms

Six Psalms are then chanted for the Second Nocturn , as follows:

Then the 1st Can.tor alone begins chanting the 2nd Antiphon:

On all Doubles, or if it be the

.... ".





Bless-ed is the womb.

2 ,,~

r.

I

t · ~

custom 0 f th~ place, All respond: / That bare Thee, 0 Christ; and bless-ed

I:~~'~~~"~'.~.~~~~I~~'~~~~~~~.~~.~~~~I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~= ~ · ~ I 2

are the

paps that gave Thee to nurse, the Lord and Sa-viour of

~ , II II ~ /'/

". ~ 2 ' , • :: - r

the (before Septuagesima only:) world, al-Ie-Iu-ya. (but after Septuagesima: world.)

.. l' * 'z' /'

.... I , A ...v v ~.A

Tone 8 I (. • .] .,. ['!3' I] ,.,' - · · G • I • • , ,., • ., ..'.. II ~

Psalm 95:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 6th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): o sing un-to the Lord a l' new song; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

_ sing un-to 1 the Lord all the Earth.

And then, onl/ the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereaf ter:

Sing unto the Lord, T bless His Name; * proclaim from day to day the good

tidings of 1 His sal-va-tidn. '

Declare among the na-tions His T Glor-y, * and among all peo- 1 pies His won-ders.

For Great is the Lord, and greatly to be l' Prai-sed; * He is to be Fear- 1 ed a-bove all gods.

For all the gods of the na-tions are ide-mons; * but the Lord 1 made the Heav-ens.

Praise and beauty are be- T fore Him; * holiness and majesty are in His 1 Sanc-tu-ar-Y.

Bring to the Lord, ye kindreds of the na-tions, t bring to the Lord glor-y and i hon-our; * bring to the Lord the glory due ,1 un-to His Name.

Bring sacrifices, and go in- T to His Courts; * worship the Lord 1 in His Ho-ly Court. Let the Earth be shaken at His i Pres-ence; * say among the na-tions 1 that the Lord is King.

For He hath established the world which shall not be T sha-ken; * He shall judge the peo-ple 1 in up-right-ness.

Let the Heavens be glad and let the Earth re- joice t let the sea be shaken, and the fill-ness T there-Of; * the plains shall be joyful, and all 1 the things there-in.

Then shall all the trees of the forest rejoice at the Pres-ence T Of the Lord; * for

He cometh, for He com- 1 eth to judge the Earth.

He shall judge the world with T rlgh-teous-ness * and the 1 peo-ples with His Truth. Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of J. a-ges. A-men.

223 I Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide I 223

Tone 8

•••••••••

, - ...

• • • •

• II ~

Psalm 96:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 7th Psalm, using

~ .

this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The Lord is King, let the T Earth re- joice; '"

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side d.. the Quire completes the verse:

" .",. -. ..

let the man- y 1. is-lands be glad.

"

And then, only the} st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Clouds and darkness are round a- T bout Him; '" righteousness and judgmen~ are the es-tab- 1. lish-ment Of His Thr6~e.

Fire shall go be- r fore Him, '" and shall burn up His en- 1. em-ies round a-bout. His lightnings have shone forth through- r out the world; '" the Earth saw it 1. and was sha-ken.

The mountains melted like wax at the Pres-ence T Of the Lord, '" at the Presence of the 1. Lord of ,all ~~e Earth.

~ The Heavens de-clar-ed His r righ-teous-ness, :« and all the peo-ples 1. saw His

Glor-Y·

Let all be put to shame that wor-ship T gra-ven things, '" that boast them-selves

J, of their i-dols.

Worship Him, all ye His T ang-els: '" Sy-on 1. heard and was glad.

And the daughters of Ju-dse-a re- T joi-d~d '" because of Thy 1. judg-ments, 6 Lord. For Thou art Lord Most High o-ver i all the Earth; '" Thou art Exalted far

1 a-bove all the gods.

Ye that love the Lord, see to it that ye hate e-vil t the Lord preserveth the souls of T His Saints; '" from the hand of the sinner shall J, He de-liv-er them.

A light hath dawned forth for the r righ-teous man, '" and gladness for 1. the up-right of heart.

Be glad in the Lord, 0 ye i righ-teofis; :« and give thanks for the remembrance J, Of His ho-Il-ness,

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, '" and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, '" and unto the ages 4 of 1. a-ges. A-men.

224

Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

224

~ t t, A* ,j. ~

Tone 8 I (. • .) ••• (. 8 • ') •••• • 8 • I • • • •• • • • •

, - ... I I • I

• II ~

Psalm 97:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 8th Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

o sing un-to the ~ord a i new son~, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire completes the verse:

for the Lord J.. hath wrought

won-drous

things.

And the'l, oID the 2nd C antor'_s /side Q[_ the Quire ch.ants the entire next verse ... ( omitting the intonation notes), the.two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

His Right Hand and Hisi Ho-ly Arm * have wrought sal- J. va-tlon for Him. The Lord hath made known His sal- i va-tion; * in the sight of the nations hath He re- J.. veal'd His righ-teous-ness.

He hath remembered His mer-cy to. T Ja-cob, * and His Truth to the J. House of

, ... I

Is-ra-el.

All the ends of the i Earth have seen * the sal- J.. va-tien Of Our God.

. Shout with jubilation un-to the Lord, T all the Earth; * sing and re- J.. joice and

chant Psalms.

Chant ye unto the Lord with a harp, with the harp and with. the voice T Of a Psalm, * with trumpets of metal, and with a voice of a J. trum-pet Of horn.

Shout with jubilation before the Lord, Our King; t let the sea be shaken and the f'ul-ness i there-BY, * the world and all J.. they that dwell there-in.

The rivers shall clap their hands to-geth-er; t the mountains shall rejoice at the '"

,

Pres-ence i Of the Lord; * for He cometh; yea, He is J. come to judge the Earth.

He will judge the world with i righ-teous-ness, ' * and the peo-ples J.. with up-right-ness.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the II}I Son, * and J.. to the H6;-IY Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both i now and ev-er, * and unto the ages J.. of a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 98:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 9th Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The Lord is King, Jet the i peo-ples rage; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire completes the verse:

He sitteth on the Cherubim, let the J_ Earth be shll-ken..

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

The Lord is Great in i Sy-on, * and He is High a- J.. bove all peo-ples.

Let them confess Thy Great Name, t for It is Ter-rlb-le and i Ho-Iy; * and the king's hon-our J.. lov-eth judg-ment.

Thou hast pre-par-ed up- i right-ness; * judgment and righteousness in J.. Ja-cob hast Thou wrought.

I

J

225 Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide I 225

•••••••••

,

_ A

• • • •

• II ~

Exalt ye the Lord Our God, t and worship the Foot-stool T of His Feet; * for t He is Ho-IY.

Moses and Aa-ro~ a- i mong His :Priests, "', and Samuel among them that .1 call up-on His Name.

They called upon the Lord, and He heark-en-ed T un-to them; * in a Pillar of

., _ fI.; , ....

... Cloud .1 He spake un-to them.

For they kept His tes-tlni- i o-nies * and His ordinances t which He gave them.

o Lord Our God, Thou didst hearken un-to them; t 0 God, Thou wast Fain to

I

be En-treat-ed i for them, '" and yet tookest vengeance on all t their de-vi-ces.

Exalt ye the Lord Our God, t_and worship at His Ho-ly i Moun-tain; '" fo~

Holy J, is the Lord Our God.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, '" and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, '" and unto the ages of t a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 99,'

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 10th Psalm, using the

same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein):

Shout with ju-bilation un-to God, T all the Earth; '"

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse.' serve the J, Lord with glad-ness.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Come be-fore His i Pres-ence * t with re-joi-cjng.

Know ye that the Lord Him-self t is Our God. * It is He That hath made us, J, and not we our-selves.

We are His people and the sheep of His pas-ture; t enter into His gates with thanks- T giv-ing, '" into His Courts with hymns; J, give thanks un-to Him.

,

Praise His Name, for the Lord is Good; t His mercy en-dur-eth for

i ev-er, * and His truth unto generation and t gen-er-a-tion.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, '" and unto the ages' of J, a-ges. A-men.

226 Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide I 226

, Ttl

Tone 8 1[, ' '] "' (' BlI] "" '

Psalm 100:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 11th Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Of mer-cy and T judg-ment *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

8 ,

•••••••••

,

_ A

, ' , ,

, ,,~

I have walked-In the in-no-eenee T Of my heart, * in the 1 midst of my house.

':i r

I

will I sing 1 un-to Thee, O. Lord.

And then, only the 1 st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

:Cli.

I will chant and have understanding in a T blame-less path; * when wilt ,j, Thou

come un-to me?

I have no unlawful thing be- r f?re mine eyes; * the workers of transgres-sions ,j, i have ha-ted.

A crooked heart hath not cleav'd i un-to me; * as for the wicked man who turn-ed from ,j, me, I knew him not.

Him that privily talk-ed a-gainst his l' neigh-bour * did I 1 drive a-way from

me.

With him·wh.)Se eye was proud and his heart in- T sa-ti-ate, * ,j, i did not eat. Mine eyes were upon the faithful of the land, that they might l' sit with me * the man that walked in the blameless path, he min- 1 is-ter'd un-to me.

The proud doer dwelt not in the midst T Of my house; * the speaker of unjust things prosper'd 1 not be-fore mine eyes.

In the morning I slew all the sin-ners T Of the land, * utterly to destroy out of the City of the Lord all them that ,j, work In-i-qult-y.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and l' to the + Son, * and ,j, to the Ho-Iy Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of ,j, a-ges. A-men.

Then, All repeat

I ,pt;I pt;I ,

,

,

I

I

t '

the 2nd Antiphon:

I' ~ ~ I

Bless-ed is the womb that bare Thee, 0 Christ; and bless-ed

,~ ~ pt;I

are the

paps that gave Thee to nurse, the Lord and Sa-viour of

I

h ,. • ~ I ' ,II ' II ~

the (before Septuagesima only.) world, al-Ie-lu-ya. (but after Septuagesima: world.)

227 I Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide I 227 The Chapter

Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the Chapter as follows:

I • • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ~

- 1 j

I

1

Through thee, 0 Bear-er of God, hath our lost life been giv-eg to us; t thou

1 1 1 1 1 • 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 01

that didst re-ceive Thine Off-spring from Heav-en, * and didst bring forth to the

~I ~'§~I~I~=gI11 I ',' 1 1 = Ilij

All respond:~. Thanks be to God. 'The Versicle

world the Sa-viour .

..

,/

~~I~I~I~I~~~~~~~~~~~I~~~~~I~

Then the 1st Cantor alone iIi··.1! " :'

'/

chants the Versicle:YI, As a cho-sen myrrh. /,'

tl~~I~I~§I~~I~~I~~~I~I~~I~~I~~I~~1~~1~~1~1~1~1~~~~~.~~~1

The Versicle's Response= _ '.I! 11_.

is chanted by All: ~. Thou hast giv-en forth the o-dour of sweet-ness, 0 Bear-er of God.

The Litany and The Lord's Prayer

The Hebdomadary 0 1 1 1 1 I. III~

alone chants: YI. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

Only the 1st Cantor's side b 1 1 1 1 I. 1111 Only the 2nd Cantor's side O· • 1 1 1 • .1

-

ei: the Quire conti~ue/~. Kyr-i-e el-e-y--son. ei: the Quire continues: W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son. ' ..

O I h 1 ' b 1 II~ 0 I h 2 d ' °d b • 111

~ t e __E_ Cantor s side • 1 '. • ~ t e ....!J:._ Cantor s Sl e" '. ~

Qj_ the Quire continues: W.Chris-te el-e-y-son. ei. the Quire continues: W. Chris-te el-e-y-son, Only the 1st Cantor's side 0 1 1 1 I. III~ Only the 2nd Cantor's side b 1 1 1 1 I. 'If

ei. the Quire continues: ~.Chris-te el-e-y-son. ei. the Quire continues: ~. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son. Only the 1st Cantor's side b 1 1 1 1 I. Illij All 1 • ~ 1\ '. ~'. II~

ei. the Quire continues: W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

Then the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone

W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

~I §I §'~I ~111

conclude:

chants the beginning of the Lord's Prayer: YI. Our Fath-er.

and then, as prescribed by St. Benedict, this is continued totally in silence:

Who art in Heaven, Hallowed be Thy Name. Thy Kingdom come, Thy Will be Done, on Earth, as It is in Heaven. Give us this day our daily bread; and forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive those that trespass against us.

Until the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone

I



1

1

• 1

1 1



resumes the chant of the prayer with the words: YI. And lead us not in-to temp-ta-tion.

I 1 1 1 1 I. 1 1 II ~

All respond:

W. But de-liv-er us from

e- vii.

The Collect and the Conclusion

228

Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide I 228

I

The Hebdomadary alone then chants the following Collect according to this Tone:

I I ; II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~

y. Let us pray.

I I I I

Vouch-safe, we be-seech Thee, 0 Mer-ci-ful God, pro-tec-tion

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~

for our frail-ness, that we, who ven-er-ate the mem-or-y of the ho-Iy Bear-er of

I I I I I I! I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~

And so is concluded the Nighf Vigils of the Holy Theotokos for Friday in Christmastide according to the S arum Monastic Use and the Rule of St. Benedict. The Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of Friday follows herewith.

But only i.i the Morning Solemnity (Lauds) is not to follow immediately, the following is here added:

If the H ebdomadary is a Priest or I I I ; ,..

All

I

I

God and Vir-gin, may, by the aid of her in-ter-ces-sion, 'rise up from our

I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I

in-i-quit-ies. -Through the Same .Our Lord Je-sus Christ, Thy Son, Who liv-eth

.... 1 I I I I I I ~ I I I. I I I I I I I I I I ~

/"

and reign-eth with Thee in the U-nit-y of the Ho-ly Ghost, God, through all the

1 I I I I I Iii. All 1 ; I II ij ,

a-ges of a-ges.

respond: ~. A-men.

I

a Deacon I he chants alone: y. The Lord be with you. respond:~. And with thy spir-it. (But if not, or, if ,&u2nted without an yone else present, then, in place of the above, t~

Hebdomadary 1 I I ; ,.. I Ilij All 1 I I I 1.1 I I It"

alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond: ~. And. let my cry come un-to Thee.)

1 .......... -;= I , •••• IT All I ..... ..... -;= '··.·II!

Then the following is chanted It ::~

by the 2nd Cantor alone:

T hen the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) adds:

All

. Let us bless the Lord. respond.-~. Thanks be to God.

May the Div-ine + Help re-main with us al-ways,

respond:

~. And with our ab-sent breth-ren. A - men.

And so is concluded the Night Vigils for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays In Christmastide according to the Sarum Monastic Use and the Rule of St. Benedict.

If the Rule of St. Benedict is observed so as to provide that the Monks or Nuns would be in the fields during the hours from Terce through None, the Matins Mass or Missa Sicca for this day, i.e., the Divine Liturgy of the Holy Sacrifice of the Mass as given to us by our Father among the Saints, St. Gregory the Great, the Dialogist, Pope of Old Rome, as preserved at Old Sarum , may here follow immediately in Quire.

+

229 Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide I 229

MORNING FOR THE ON FRIDAYS

SOLEMNITY (LAUDS) HOL Y THEOTOKOS IN CHRISTMASTIDE

(from after the Octave Day of Epiphany, Jan. 13 /'26, until the Purification, Feb. 2/15)

~

The Hebdomadary alone chants: 11.0 God, ~ be At-ten-tive un-to help-ing me.

I I I I I • " I II I

I

I I

I

I

Ii

I

I

I

I I

I I

I ..

All respond:

I" I I

I

I

I

~. 0 Lord, make haste to help me. Glor- y be

I I I I I I I ~

I

I

I

I

I

~ ,

to the Fath- er, and to the Son, + and to the Ho- ly Ghost. As it was in the

I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I • I II ~ ;~

be- gin- nlng,' both now and ev- er,and un- to the a- ges of a- ges. A- men. I

Outside the Season of Septuagesima , here add:

• I I ~ ~

i II I 111

AI- le- lu- ya.

I I

But, only during the Season of S eptuagesima ,

in place et. "Alleluya," here add:

I I I I I I I I I

III ~

I I

Praise be to Thee, 0 Lord, King of E- !er- nal Glor- y.

The Waiting Psalm-Psalm 66

Psalm 66 is then chanted while any late-comers may still enter the Quire, as follows:

,t ,J,s , A * , A

. . I~"'" I I I [I I] I I I I I B I I I I I I I ,I I I 8 I II

T one I ndirectum 8 I I

. ij



Psalm 66:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the Psalm verse, using this Tone.' God be Gra-cious unto t iis and bless us, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

and cause His Face to shine upon us, and have mer-cy on us,

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse, the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

That we may know up- J on the Earth Thy way, * among all the nations Thy sal-va-tion.

Let the peoples 1 give Thee praise, 0 God; * let all the peo-ples praise TheEl.

Let the nations be glad and re- joice, t for Thou shalt judge peoples 1 with up-right-ness; * and nations shalt Thou guide up-on the Earth.

Let the peoples give Thee praise, 0 God, t let all the 1 peo-ples praise Thee; * the Earth hath yield-ed her fruit.

Let God, Our God, bless us; 1 let God bless us, * and let all the ends Of the Earth fear Him.

Glory be to the Fath- J er, and to the + Son, * and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both 1 now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of a-ges.

A-men.

The Psalms

230

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

230

Then the 1st Cantor alone

begins chanting the lst Antiphon: 0 won-drous in-ter-change!

On all Doubles, or if it be the ~O~~.~~~.~.~~.~!~~o~~ ... ~~.~~I~.~~.~~.~~~~ .. ~~.~

custom of the place, All respond:

b '. .1

• '. lit •

The Cre-a-tor of man-kind, Ta-kiug up-on Him





. .











a Liv-ing Bod-y, vouch-sa-fed to be Born of 'a Vir-gin, and; Be-got-ten in no

b ~ ~ ~

~. I; • •. ·

'. • • II ~

231

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

231

,t .J.-",,,:I<

Tone 6 I [I I I] II I [I 0 I I] I II I I I I

, - ....

I I I III I I I

I ;

I I I II ~

Psalm 75:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets <therein):

In Ju-dea-a is 1 God Known; :I<

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the v~r se:

His Name -ls 1 Great in Is-ra-el,

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

And His Place hath been made l)n peace, :I< and His Dwell- 1 ing in Sy-on.

There did .. He break the pow-er Of 1 the bow,:I< the weapon, and -the sword,

,..1 and the bai"-tie. . .

Thou shinest wondrously from the ever-Iast-Ing 1 moun-tains; :I< all the foolish of 1 heart were troubl-ed.

They have slept 1 their sleep, * and all the men of wealth have found .'

noth- 1 ing in their hands. _ ,,~.' )I

At Thy rebuke, 0 God of 1 Ja-cob, '" they that had mounted upon horses ..J, fell I a-slum-ber.

Thou art to be Feared, and who shall wlth+J stand thence- 1 forth is Thy wrath.

Thop didst ca'use judgment to be heard from 1 Heav-en; * the Earth ..J, fear'd and was still.

When God rose to ..J, judg-ment * to save all the 1 meek of the Earth.

For the inward thought of man shall gi ve praise tin- 1 to Thee " and the remainder of his inward thought shall ..J, keep a Feast to Thee.

Make your vows and pay them to the Lord I Dur God,:I< all that are round

a- 1 bout Him shall bring gifts: _,

To Him That is to be Fear-ed and taketh away the spir-its of ..J, prin-ces; :I< to Him That is to he Fesr-ed a-mong 1 the kings of the Earth.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the III Son, :I< and ..J, to' the Ho-ly Ghost. ..

As, it was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, :I< and unto the ages of

1 a-ges. A-men.

Thee? :I<

From

Psalm 91:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

It is good to give praise un-to 1 the Lord, :I<

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:, A

and to chant unto 1 Thy Name, 0 Most High, And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

To proclaim in the morn-ing Thy 1 mer-cy :I< 1 and Thy Truth by night, On a psalter-y of 1 ten strings :I< with an lode up-on the harp.

For Thou hast gl~ddened me, 0 Lord, by 1 Thy deeds;:I< and in the works of

Thy ..J, Hands will Ire-joice.

How great are Thy works, ..J, 0 Lo)'d; :;< ex-ceed- ..J, ing deep are Thy thofights.,

A mindless man shall not ..J, know it, :I< nor shall a stupid man 1 un-der-stand it. When the sin-ners spring up 1 like grass,:I< and all that work iniquity look

I Iof'-tll-y down,

It is that they may be utterly destroyed unto a-ges of ..J, a-ges, :;< but Thou art

Most High for 1 ev-er, 6 Lord. _ ~

For 10, Thine enemies, 0 Lord, tJor 10, Thine enem-ies shall 1 per-ish; :I< and scattered shall be all they that 1 work in-i-quit-Y.

And lifted high as that, of ~ uni-corn shall be 1 my horn,:I< and mine old age

shall be strength- 1 en'd with rich oil. ,

And mine eye hath looked up-on jnlne en- ..J, em-ies, :I< and mine ear shall hear concerning the wicked that rise 1 up a-gainst me.

232 I

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

232

,T ..l-v~*

Tone 6 I [. • ,] II. [. 0 • I) II.. " I

~

_ A

... ' .....

. ~

• • • II ~

The righteous man shall flourish like a t- palm tree, * and like a cedar in

Lebanon shall 1 he be mul-tip-lied. ~

They that are planted in the House of 1 the Lord, * in the Courts of Our God

1 they shall blos-som for4h. .

They shall still in-crease in a ripe 1 old age, * and happy shall they 1 be to pro-clai m:

"That upright is the Lord I Our God, * and there is no un-rjgh- 1 teous-ness in

H~~ /

Glorytbe to the Fath-er, and to 1 the It Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, * and unto the ages of

, /

1 a-ges. A-men.

'(

Canticle of Abbacum the Prophet (Hab, 3_- 2 - 19)_- 1,'

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the 2nd verse of the 1st Canticle, using the same Tone, including the inton~tion notes (within the first set of bracket~ therein):

o Lord, I con-sid-er-ed 1 Thy works, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: and 1 I was a-mazed.

And then, only the 1 st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Between two living crea -tures shalt Thou 1 be Known; * in Thine anger shalt

Thou re- 1 mem--bep-mer-cY. '

God shall come out of 1 Thae-man, * and the Holy One out of a mountain

overshadowed and 1 dense-ly wood-ed. '

_, His virtue hath cov-er'd the 1 Heav-ens, * and the Earth was 1 full of His praise.

And His Brightness shall be as 1 the Light; * 1 horns are in His Hands,

And He hath established a mighty love of 1 His strength. *~ Before His Face 1 shall the Word pro-ceed,

And He shall go forth for in-struc-tion at 1 His Feet. * He stood, and the 1 Earth was sha-ken;

He beheld, and the nations mel-ted t a-way. * The mountains were violently 1 burst as-un-der,

The everlasting hills melt-ed J, a-way * at His ev-er- t las-ting go-ing forth. Because of troubles, I looked upon the tents of the E-thi-op- J, i-ans: * even the tabernacles of the land of the Mad- 1 i-am were .dls-rnay'd.

Nay, with the rivers wast Thou Wroth, 0 Lord? t Nay, against the rivers was Thine t ang-er, * or a-gainst 1 the sea Thine at-tack?

For Thou shalt mount up-on Thy t hor-ses, * and Thy chari-ots 1 are sal-va-tion.

Bend-ing 1 Thy bow, * Thou shalt bend it against sceptres; t the Lord sa-ith:

"The land of rivers shall be rent a-sun-der." t They shall see Thee, and the people shall be in 1 trav-ail, * while Thou scatterest the cours-es 1 of the wat-ers;

The a-byss gave forth 1 her voice, * and raj s- t ed her form on High.

Lifted up was the Sun, and the Moon stood still in her course; t at the light

shalt Thy mis-sles 1 go forth, * at the brilliance of the gleam 1 of Thy weap-ons. •

With threatening shalt Thou dim-in-ish t the Earth, * and with anger shalt Thou tram- J, pie down na-tions.

2331

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

233

I f ~ f' tl~ . ~ v A *

Tone 6 t.·· j ••• l· D. j •••• •• I

,

_ A

•••••••••

.; • • • II ~

Thou wentest forth for the salvation Of 0 Thy 1 peo-ple, * to save Thine an-ojn- 1 ted ones art Thou Come.

Thou didst cast c!eath upon the heads of trans- 1 gres-sors, * Thou didst lay fetters up-on 1 their neck at the end.

Thou hast cut asunder with fu-ry t the heads of the 1 m'igh-ty; * they shall 1 quake with-in them-selves,

They .shall break o-pen their _1 bri-dles, * like the pc;>or man that eat- 1 eth in "'"'se-cret.

/ ,

And Thou hast mounted Thy hor-ses in 1 the sea,:I< and they troubled the

1 man-y wa-ters. :~

I kept watch, .and my bel-ly was 1 troub-led :I< at the voice of the 1 prayers of ~ my lips;

And trembling went in-to 1 my bones, * and within me my 1 strength was troub-led,

- ,

I will rest in the day of mine af- 1 f'hc-tion, :I< that I may go up to the people of

1 My so- jotir-ning.

For the fig tree shall not 1. bear fruit,:I< and there shall be no 1. in-crease for

A

the vines;

The labour of the ol-ive 1 shall fail, * and the 1 plains shall bear no food,

The sheep ha~ f'ail'd from their 1. gra-zfng, :I< and there are no more 1. ox-e~ at

A ~

the cribs.

But as for me, in the Lord will i 1 be glad,:I< J will rejoice in 1 God My Sa-viour.

The Lord is My God and t My Might, :I< and He will instruct my feet iin- 1. to

per- f ec-tion.

He moiint-eth me -1- on High, :I< that I might be -1- vic-tor with His song. Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the It Son, :I< a~d J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, :I< and unto the ages of -1- a-ges. A-men.

Psalms 148,149, and 150:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

Praise the Lord from the -1- Heav-ens; :I<

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: praise Him 1 in the High-est.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Praise Him, all ye His J, Ang-els: :I< praise J, Him, all ye His hosts. Praise Him, 0 Sun -1- and Moon; :I< praise Him, J, all ye stars and light.

234 Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide I 234

... t ..\,.v_* J.,~ :--. ....

Tone 6 (continued) I • II [. 0 • I) II.. .' 1 • • • II. • •• • = • 8 • 111

Praise Him, ye Heav-ens of i heav-ens; * and thou water that art above the heavens, let them praise the i Name of the Lord.

For He spake, and they came i to be;;;: He commanded, and they i were cre-a-ted.

He established them for ever, y~a, for ev-er and i ev-er; ;;: He hath set an

ordinance,_and it i shall not pass a-way. . .

Fraise the Lord from i the Earth, * ye dragons., and all i ye, ab-yss-es. Fire, hail, snow, ice, blast of i !emp-est, ;;: i which per-form -Hls word, The moun-tains and all i the hills, ~ fruitful trees, i and all ce-dars, The beast~ and all the i cat-tie, * creeping i things and wing-ed birds,

<~ Kings" of the Earth and all i peo-ples, * princes and all the i judg-es Of the

Earth, , -" . .

Young men and vir-gins, t elders withthe younger, let them praise the Name

of i the Lord; * for Exalted is the i Name of Him A-lOne. 'i

His praise is above the Earth and i Heav-en, ;;: and He shall exalt the horn i of /

His peo-ple, .

This is the hymn for alt i His saints, * for the sons of Isra-el and for the people that i draw nigh un-to Him.

Sing un-to the Lord a i new song; * His praise is In i the Church Of the Saints. ,Let Jsra-el be glad in Him That i made him; * let the sons of Syon re- i joice in Their King.

Let them praise His Name in i the dance; ;;: with the timbrel and the psaltery let i them chant un-to Him.

For the Lord taketh pleasure In His i peo-ple, ;;: and He shall exalt the meek i with sal-va-tion.

The Saints shall boast in .1 glor-y, ~ and they shall re- i joice up-on their beds. The high. prasse of God shall be in i their throat,;;:. and two-edged sword's

i shall be in their hands; .~

To do vengeance a-mong the i heath-en, * punishments a- i mong the peo-ples;

To bind their kings with .l fet-ters, ;;: and their nobles with man-a- .1 des of i-ron; To A do among them the judgment that is i writ-ten: * "This glory shall i be to

all His Saints."

Praise ye God in i His saints; ;;: praise Him in the firm-a-ment i of His pow-er. Praise Him for His migh- 1 ty acts; * praise Him according. to the multit-ude i Of His great-ness.

Praise Him with the sound of i trum-pet; ;;: praise Him with the .], psal-ter-y

and harp. _ _ ,

Praise Him with tim-brel i and dance; * praise']' Him with strings and flute. Praise Him with tuneful cym-bals, t praise Him with cymbals of jubll- .l a-rion; * let ev- i 'ry breath praise the Lord.

Glory be to the Father, and to .], the + Son, * and i to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, ;;: and unto the ages of .1 a-ges. A-men.



• •





















~ r\ 1 •





Then

b

"'1'1 ~ III; fiji. •••• ~ ifi. ••• ~' ••

All repeat:

b

o won-drous in-ter--change! The Cre-a-tor of man-kind, Ta-king up--on Him

a Liv-ing Bod-y, vouch-sa-fed to be Born of a Vir-gin, and, Be-got-ten in no



• I ;









'. • • 111

car-nal wise, hath made us par-ta-kers of His Div-in-it-y.

235

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

235

The Chapter

Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the Chapter as follows:

I •• I. • • I I I I • I I

- .

I







The ho-ly ang-els praise thee, 0 Bear-er of God, t thou that dldst not know

ILl ~'31~' §'~~I §I ~. ~.·~·~gI11 I • II"

= . I ~:: All • • ~:: ~

.... .

man, * and didst bear the Lord in thy womb. respond:~. Thanksbe to God.

The Responsory

Then is sung the folloiing Responsory:

The 1.r1 Cantor =". 1\ ,.. ~ I I· Ii •

· ~

/0 "ho-ly Bear-er of God, ev-er-Vir-gin Mar-y.

I

alone chants:

=. 1\,..1 ·1·.



= .

I ~

All respond:

The Hebdomadary

alone chants:

· ~

o ho-Iy Bear-,-er of God, ev-er-Vir-gin Mar-y.

I = I" ; I I .... ~ • I.



In-ter-cede for us to the Lord Our God:





All respond:

The Hebdomadary

alone chants:

~ Ev-er- Vir-gin Mar-y.

I



• I











I I

y. Glor- y be to Jhe Fath- er, I

and to the Son, +







I I ~

and to the Ho- ly Ghost.

I

=. 1\,..1 ·1· •

· . ~

o ho-ly Bear-er of God, ev-er-Vir-gin Mar-y.

The Hvmn

= . I ~

All respond:

I

Then is sung the following Hymn:



1

1





I











The 1 st Cantor alone chants the intonation: 1. Her time f'ul-f'ill'd, That Son she bore,

The 1st Cantor's side only completes line 1.- ~ Whom Ga-briel's voice had told a - fore; 1.~ The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 2.-

2. The heav'n-Iy chor-us fill'd the sky,

~ The Ang-els sang to God on High, 2.~

Then All chant line 3.-

3. Allhon-our, laud, and glor- y

I

I

be,
~ 0
5= • Je - sus, Vir - gin - Born to Thee, 3.~ . ... ..



I

pit; •

I

~". .

1. Whom, in His Moth-er yet Con- ceal'd,

~ The in - fant Bap - tist had re-veal'd. 1. 2. What time to shep-herds, watch-ing lone,

~ They made ere- a- tion's Shep-herd Known. 2.

3. All glor - y, as is ev - er meet,

~ To Fath - er and to Par - a - clete, 3.

I

jIiIIII • ...

Then All chant the "Amen" as follows: A

- men.

236

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

236

The Versicle

T hen the 1 st Cantor alone ~I ~I ~~I~~I~~I~I§~~I ~1~~I~~I~~I~~I~I~~I~I~rt~.,~ •• ~ • .,§g111

chants this Versicle: YE. Af-ter Child-Bear-ing thou re-main-est a stain-less Vir-gin.

I I I I I I I I I Irt .,... 111

This Versicle's Response _~1Ij '." ::

is chanted by All: ~. Moth-er of God, in-ter-cede for us.

The Antiphon on the Benedictus and the Benedictus

Then is sung the following Antiphon on the Benediaus,

always begun .. by t};le Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone: But Mar-y.

. . I 1-;

.... On all Doubles, or if it be the cus~m of the place, A_ll ~~~=~~~~~~~" ~~. ~~,~ .. ~~..,~

continue the Antiphon in the Proper, if not as follows:

I ptji II ~ c

I

Kept all these say-ings in her

of the Benedictus.

for He hath vi's-it-ed and wrought re-demp-tion for His peo-ple,

- s

1,_

,

_ A

heart.

The Benedictus (Luke 1: 68 - 79) __

After the Antiphon on the Benedictus I the Benedictus itself is begun

I I· I ~ I ptji I I I I 111

by 1st Cantor alone: + Bless-ed be the Lord God of is-ra-el; :«

Only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire responds with the 2nd half of the 1st verse

Irt= I rill I I I I I I ~

II • III

Tone 8 I I I ~ I I I I I I I I ptji I I I >3 lie =) fa >3 >3 I] I I I I I I ,I I I I • II ~ Only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the 2nd verse of the Benedictus, using this Tone, including the intonation notes:

And hath rais-ed up a horn of 1 sal-va-tion for us:« 1 in the House of His ,J, ser-vant Da-vid;

And then I only the 1 sf Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (including the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

As He spake by the 1 mouth of His ho-ly ones, :«~the ,J, Proph-ets Of old,

That we should be sa- 1 ved from our en-em-ies, :« 1 and from the hands of t all that hate us;

To deal mer-ci-ful- 11y with our fath-ers, :« 1 and to re-mem-ber His ,J, Ho-ly

C' A

ov-en-ant. ,

The oath which He sware to 1 our fath-er A-bra-ham::« 1 that He ,J, would

grant un-to us, ~

That we be de-liv-er-ed out of the 1 hand of our en-em-ies, :« 1 that we might

serve t Him, with-out fear, ~ A

In ho-li-ness and righ- 1 teoiis-ness be-fore Hi m, :« 1 all the ,J, days Q.f our life. And thou, 0 child, shalt be call-ed the Proph- 1 et of the Most High; :« 1 for

thou shalt go before the Face of the Lord ,J, to pre-pare His ways; _

To" give know-ledge of salvation 1 un-to His peo-ple, :« 1 by the re- ,J, mis-sion Of their sins,

Through the bow-els 1 of mer-cy Of Our God; :« 1 where-by the Day-spring from on High hath 1 vis-it-ed us,

To give Light to them that sit in darkness, and in 1 the shad-ow Of death, :« 1 to guide our feet in- 1 to the Way of Peace.

Glor-y be to the 1 Fath-er, and to the + Son, :« and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, 1 both now and ev-er, :« 1 and un-to the a-ges' of t a-ges. A-men.

237

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

I,. '" III I ~ I III ~. ,.. tI

237

'" 111

Then All repeat:

But Mar-y kept all these say-ings in her heart.

The Litany, The Lord's Prayer, ,and The Collect

The Hebdomadary :...... '111

alone chants: y. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

O I h '1 C 's sid b' •••• 'II~ 0 I h 2 d Cantor' :d O..__·--t·._·-t· ....... ·--,.=--- .. ·tI1 ~ t e _§J_ antor s Sl e.:: ~ t e....!!:_ antor s Sl 'e ====~-~::tt::

g1 the Quire continues: W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son. ei. the Quire continues: W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son .

..

"4 Only the 1st Cantor's side b • ~. '. 'II~ Only the 2nd Can;or's side b'. • '. 'II~

st. the Quire continues: W.Chris-te el-e-y-son. ei. the Quire continues: W. Chris-te el-e-y-son. I

Only the 1st Cantor's side b'. • '. 'II~ On;y the 2nd Cantor's side O· ••• '. '111),1

ei. the Quire continues: W.Chris-te el-e-y-son. ei. the Quire continues:

Only the 1st Cantor's side O· ••• • • '-'llij All

W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son;

o

• • ~ r\ '. ~ ". Ilij

g1 the Quire continues: W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

conclude: W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

Then the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) chants alone the Lord's Prayer, as follows:





• I





I •

• • •















y. Our Fath-er, J8ho art in Heav-en, Hal-Io-wed be Thy Name. Thy King-dom-

I • •••• .' •••• • • 1 • • • • • 1

come, Thy Will be Done, on Earth, as It is in Heav-en. Give us this day our

• • • • • • I' • •• • ••

. . . . . . . ~

dail-y bread; and for-give us our tres-pass-es, as we for-give those that I· • .' • I' •••••• '. 111

tres-pass a-gainst us. And lead us not in-to temp-ta-tion.

I







• • •

All respond:

W. But de-liv-er us from e-vil.

If the Hebdomadary is a Priest or tl::;.;:=:!:'=::;;=P.i,..c=a:.mllij



All



a Deacon, he chants alone: y. The Lord be with you. respond: W. And with thy spir-it.

(But if not, or if chanted without anyone else present, then,

Hebdomadary I .' III '" • Ilij All ~1~'~~'~'~~'~'~~'~~'~~'~111

in place of the above, the

alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond: W. And let my cry come un-to Thee.) The Hebdomadary alone then chants the following Collect:

238 1



Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Ouistrnastide

• = II •

238















• • ••







• •

y. Let us pray. 0 God, Who by the fruit-ful vir-gin-it-y of Bles-sed Mar-y hast

1 • • •• •• •••••••• ·0. I • •• .~

be-stow-ed on man-kind the re-ward of e-ter-nal sal-va-tion; grant to us, we I·· •••• • •• • •• .s. I. • .• •

be-seech Thee, to per-ceive that she in-ter-ce-doth for us, by whom 'we have been

I. •• •••• • • •• • • II •• •

ac-coun-ted meet to re-ceive the /Auth-or of Life, Our Lord Je-sus Christ,

""I •• 1 • ., ••••••••••••••••• I.

Thy Son, Who liv-eth and reign-eth with Thee in the U-nit-y of the Ho-Iy Ghost, God,

1 • • •• ••• • II i All I. = • II ~

through all the a-ge's of a-ges.

If the H ebdomadary is a Priest or 1:1 ::;.;:::::::!:. =:2==~I\i::::::::::L'lliillij

respond: ~. A-men.

I

,;;

r

I

All

1





a Deacon, he chants alone: y. The Lord be with you. respond:~. And with thy spir-it. (But if not, or if chanted without anyone else present, then, in place of the above, the

1 •• = 1\ I IIi! All I~~~. §. ~·§·§·§'~~'i

Hebdomadary ::~:: • =

alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond:,~. And let my cry come un-to Thee.) The Commemorations

......

If some other "Feasts of the Saints or Mysteries fall on this day, their commemorations ~

are added here in the following manner, First, the following is inserted: ,

I+-+- t • ••••• V 1 +- +-t •

The l st Cantor -I --I All ~~~~~~l~··~·'~11

alone chants:

y. Let us bless the Lord. respond:~. Thanks be to God.

Then, for each commemoration, there is sung, in this order:

1) The Antiphon that would have been the Antiphon on the Benedictus , if such a Feast or Mystery was being observed as the main Feast of the day. These Antiphons are intoned by the 1st Cantor or the 2nd Cantor I alternating each such commemoration, and are continued by All,

2) The Versicle (together with its own Response) that would have been sung before the Antiphon on the Benedictus I if such a Feast or Mystery was being observed as the main Feast of the day, The Versicle is sung by the 2nd Cantor if the Antiphon sung beforehand was sung by the I st Cantor, and vice-versa, All chant the Response,

3) The Collect (chanted by the Hebdomadarv) that would have been chanted if such a Feast or Mystery was being observed as the main Feast of the day,

This sequence of Antiphon, V er sicle , and Collect is repeated for each commemmoration . At the Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of Fridays I if it be not a Feast of 12 Lessons at the Night Vigils I the following Commemoration of All Saints is added after any proper commemorations have been completed, and is begun either by the 1st Cantor or the 2nd Cantor,

whichever is next in turn for be~nning the commemoration:

All • = .1.

I •







The Saints shall be joy-ful.

• II ~

• • •



respond: In glor-y; they shall sing prais-es up-on their beds.

239 I

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide I 239

Whichever one 0 f~th~e~1~st~C~a~n~to~r~Org2~n~d~c~a~n~to~rkd~l~' dgn~o~t ~b~eg~l~' n~t~h~e~a~b~o~v~e~A§ntiPhOn for

the commemoration, ~ I I • I I I • I II ij

now chants:

Won-der-ful is God in

His Saints.

All

• I,



• I I I

I

I

respond: ~. And glor-i-ous in His Maj es - ty.

To complete the Commemor ation of All Saints, if it is done, the Hebdomadary alone then chants the Collect of All Saints, in the same Tone as that given for the Collect above, as follows:

y. Let us pray. 0 Lord, we beseech Thee, be Pleased to regard the prayers of all Thy Saints, and bestow upon us forgiveness of our sins, and grace to amend in the time to come; Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth "" with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of

ages. ~. Amen. /'

I

After the last commemoration the following is added (but omitted altogether if no ;:1

commemorations have been made): I

If the H ebdomadary i; a Priest or • I I ::I,'" Illij All • I • ::I,... f .

a Deacon, he chants alone: y. The Lord be with you. respond:~. And with thy spir-it. (But if not, or if chanted without anyone else present, then, in place of the above, t

• I ::I ,.. I II.

Hebdomadary • :: All

alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond: ~. And let my cry come un-to Thee.)

The Conclusion

The following Sfnclusion is never omitted. Ii there have been no commemorations, ~t is

begun by the 1st Ganter alone,. ~ ~ -;- I~.;;t '. ~ ~ -;- ~. ~

but if there were, it is begun .,. [ All .,1 I~

by the 2nd Cantor alone:

The Abbot (or Senior in Quire) chants:

All

respond:

Let us bless the Lord. respond:~. Thanks be to God.

. May the Div-ine If- Help re-main with. us al-ways.

~. And with our ab-sent breth-ren. A - men.

And so is concluded the Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide according to the Sarum Monastic Use and the Rule of St. Benedict.

240

Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

I 240

PRIME ON

FOR THE FRIDAYS IN

I

HOLY THEOTOKOS CHRISTMASTIDE



• • • • •

• • •





The Hebdomadary alone chants:

~

y. 0 God, + be At-ten-tive un-to help-ing me.

I •• • • I • .." •

I I

I •



All respond:

• I I



I



~. 0 Lord, make haste to help me. Glor- y be

· i · I • I I ~



I



I



to the Fath- er, and to the Son, + and to the Ho- ly- Ghost. As it was in the I • I



I

I





. "' .



• • I

• I •

I



7'

be- gin- ning, both now and ev- er, and, un- to the a- ges of a- ges. A- men.

,

"

Outside the Season of Septuagesima , here add:

'. . ~

.. fi. II ~

But, only during the Season of Septuagesima, in place ei. "Alleluya," here add:

'/

I

/

AI- le- lu- ya.

I I

I I

I I

I' I • • •



!.

III'

Praise be to Thee, 0 Lord, King of E- ter- nal Glor- y.

The Hymn









I

I



I

II'

I

I

I

= I

I

I

I

I

,..

I

I,..

I







Ii

The l st Cantor alone chants the intonation: 1. Now that t~day-light fills the sky,

The 1st Cantor's side (jitly completes line 1: We lift our hearts to God on high, f. 4

The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 2: \i'

2. Would guard our hearts and tongues from strife;

4 From ang-er's din would hide our life; 2. 4

The 1st Cantor's side only chants line 3:

3. Would keep our in - most con-science pure;

4 Our souls from fol-Iy would sec-ure; 3. 4 The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 4:

4. So we, when this new day is gone;

4 And night in turn is draw-ing on; 4. 4

All chant line 5:

5. All hon- our, laud, and glor- y be,

4 0 Je - sus, Vir - gin- Born to Thee, 5.4



I





I







1. That He, in all we do or say,

4 Would keep us free from harm to- day; 1. 2. From all ill sights would turn our eyes;

4 Would close our ears from van- it - ies; 2. 3. Would bid us check the pride of sense,

4 With due and Ho - Iy ab - stin- ence. 3. 4. With con-science by the world un- stain'd

4 Shall praise His Name for vic- fry gain'd.4. 5. All glor - y, as is ev - er meet,

4 To Fath- er and to Par - a - clete, 5.

I = .. II~

Then All chant the "Amen" as follows:

A - men.

241

Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

241

The Psalms

The 1st Cantor alone

- --

I

I

I 1

begins chanting this Antiphon:

I I • J I

All 0. I ,.. II

When Thou wast Born.

I

I I

• I Ii
I ~ I •
I I
then were the Scrip-tures ful-fil-led:
I I I I
I I I I I~

I

~ • I II·

respond:

I

All in-ef-fab-ly of a Vir-gin,

II " ... I "

I

"Thou didst corne down as show -
I I ' •• 'if, .,. I
• •
~~ I I ers on the mown grass, to bring

all man-kind." We praise Thee, 0 Our God.

t i _ ~ A* 1, ~ ~ A

Tone 3 I~~[~'~I~I.!]~I~II~(~I~:~I~I]~"~'~'~'~8~'~9~'~'31~'~'~'~'~"~'§'~'~~~I~,~.~lI~111

Psalm 15: .

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst Psalm, using thi~

Tone, including the intonation notes Iwithin'the first set of brackets therein): 3

Keep me, 0 Lord, for in Thee have I hoped; t I said unto the T Lord: "Thou art My Lord; .;.

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

for of my 1- goods, no need hast Thou."

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

In the Saints that are in His Earth hath the T Lord been won-drous: '" He hath wrought all 1- His de-sires in them.

Their infirmit;;.. Ties in-crea-sed; '" there-up- 1- on they ha-sten-ed.

I will not as_§emble their as- i s~m-blies Of blood, '" nor will I make ~ remembrance of 1- their names through my lips.

The Lord is the Portion of mine inherit- T ance and Of my cfip; '" Thou art He That restorest mine in-her- 1. lt-ance un-to me.

Portions have fallen to me that i are a-mong the best; .;. for mine inheritance is most 1. ex-cel-lent to me.

I will bless the Lord Who hath given me i un-der-stand-Ing; '" moreover, even till night have my 1- reins in-struc-ted me.

_ I beheld the Lord i ev-er be-fore me; * for He is at my right hand, that I

might 1. not be sha-ken. _

Therefore did my heart re- i joice and my tongue was glad;';' moreover, my 1- flesh shall dwell in hope.

For Thou wilt not abandon my i soul in Ha-des, '" nor wilt Thou suffer Thy Holy One to 1- see cor-rup-tion.

Thou _hast made known to me the ways Of life,_t Thou wilt fill me with gladness T with Thy Coun-ten-ance; '" delights are in Thy Right 1. Hand for ev-er.

Glory be to the i Fath-er, and to the iii Son, .;. and 1. to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As)t ,!as in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, '" and unto the ages of 1- a-ges. A-men.

sal-va-tion un-to

'/

t

I

Psalm 16:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes [within the first set of brackets therein):

Heark-en, 0 Lord, i fin-to my righ-teous-ness; '"

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: attend unto my 1- sup-plic-a-tion.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter;

Give T ear un-to my prayer, .;. which cometh not 1- from de-ceit-ful lips. •

, From before Thy Face let my T judg-ment come forth; '" let mine eye be- 1- hold up-right-ness.

242

Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

I 242

Tone 3

•••••••••

Thou hast proved my heart, Thou hast visited it in the night; t Thou hast I tried me by fi-re; * and unrighteous-ness "1 was not found in me.

That my mouth might not I speak of the works of men; * f'or" the sake of .the words of Thy lips have I", kept 1 the ways that are hard.

Set my I foot-steps in Thy paths, * that my steps may 1- not be sha-ken.

I have cried for Thou hast hearkened I iin':"to me, 0 God; * incline Thine Ear unto me, and heark- 1- en un-to my words.

Let Thy mercies I be made won-der-ful, * 0 Thou That savest 1 them that hope in Thee.

'''- From" them that have resisted Thy I Right Hand, keep me, 0 Lord, * as the

1 ap-ple Of Thine Eye. /

In the shelter of Thy I Wings wilt Thou shel-ter me * from the face of the

ungodly which 1 have op-press-ed me. 'I

Mine enemies' have surrounded my soul, t they have enclosed them- I selves I,

with their own fat; * their 1 mouth hath spo-kep pride. /1

They that cast me out have I now en-cir-c1ed me; * they have set. their eyes to look 1- ask-ance on the Earth.

They have taken me as might a lion I read-y for his prey, * and as might a lion's whelp that dwel- 1leth in hi-ding.

Arise, 0 Lord, overtake them and trip their heels; t deliver my I soul from un-god-ly men, * Thy sword from the en- 1 em-ies Of Thy Hand.

o Lord, from Thy few do Thou separate them I from the Earth in their life * yea, with Thy hidden treasures hath their bel- 1ly been fill-ed.

They have satJJ- I fied them-selves with swine, * and have left the 1- rem-nants

, • A ~;$

to their babes. \!:

But as for me, in righteousness shall I ap- I pear be-fore Thy Face; * I shall be filled when Thy Glory is made 1 man-if-est to mil.

Glory be to the I Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both I now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1- a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 17: vv. 1 - 24

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst portion of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

I will love Thee, 0 Lord, My Strength; t the Lord is My Foundation, land My Re-fuge, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse: and 1. My De-liv-er-er.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

My I God is My Help-er: * and 1. i will hope in Him,

My Defender, and the Horn of I my sal-va-tion- * 1. and My Help-er.

With praise will I call up- I on the Name Of the Lord, * and from mine enem- 1. ies shall i be saved.

The pangs of I death sur-round-ed me, * and the torrents of iniquit-y 1. sore-ly trou-bled me.

The pangs of I Ha-des en-cir-cled me; * round about the snares of death have 1 o-ver-ta-ken me.

IS

• ,. = •

I II

243 I

Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

I 243

,t 1'_ ,;:...._,~'" l,,g, :.-."

Tone 3 (continued) I ••• [. 8 • I] •••• • 8 • 8. • 1 • • • ••• • •• !Ii I • • = 111

And in mine affliction I T call-ed up-on the Lord, '" and un- 1, to My God I cried;

He heard my voice out of His i Ho-ly Tern-pie; '" and my cry 6efore Him shall en- 1, ter in-to His Ears.

And the Earth shook and was made to trem-ble; t and the foundations of the mountains were troubled T and were sha-ken, '" because God was 1, Ang-ry with them.

There went up smoke in His wrath, t and fire from His COlin ten- i ance set all a-flame; '" coals were 1, kin-died there-from.

And ,He bowed the T Heav-ens' and came down, '" and thick darkness was 1, un-der His~ Feet.

"lo. And He mounted upon i Cher-u-bim and flew; '" He flew upon the 1, wings of

th' -: d "

e Win s.

~ And He made darkness His hl-dlng place, t His Tabernacle i round a-bout " Him; '" dark water in the 1, clouds of the air. r, ~ F

From the f'ar=shlnlng radiance i that was be-fore Hl m " there passed by clouds, I

1, hail and coals of fire.' /'

;:\nd the Lord thundered T out .of Heav-en, '" and the Most 1, High gave forth His Voice.

And He sent forth His 'I ar-rows, and scat-ter'd them, '" and lightnings He multiplied, and trou- 1, bled them sore-lj',

And the well-springs of the T wa-ters were seen, '" and the foundations of 1, the world were re-veal'd,

T At Thy re-buke, 0 Lord '" at the on-breathing of the 1, spir-Itof Thy wrath. He sent from on T High, and He took me; '" He received me out of 1, man-y wa-ters.

He will deliver me from mine enemies which are migh-ty, t and T from them

that hate me; '" for they are 1, strong-er thaI! I. ,. . ~

, They overtook me in the day of imine af-f'lic-tion '" and the Lord be- 1, came

my firm sup-port. _

And He led me forth i in-to a spa-cious place; '" He will deliver me, be-cause

, "

1, He de-si-red me.

And the Lord will recompense me according T to my righ-teous-ness; '" and

according to the purity of my hands will He 1, re-com-pense me. ,

For I have T kept the ways Of the Lord, * and I have not acted impi- 1, ous-ly toward My God.

For all His judgments i are be-fore me, '" and His statutes de- 1, part-ed not from me.

And I shall be T blame-less with Him, '" and I shall keep myself from 1, mine in-i-quit-y.

And the Lord will reward me according, 'I to my rlgh-tecus-ness; '" and according to the purity of my 1 hands be-fore His Eyes.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the lie Son, '" and 1, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As)t was in the beginning, both i now and ev-er, '" and unto the ages of

1, a-ges. A-men.

I



• I' ~ •



Then All repeat this Antiphon:

I





~ .



• • 1

When Thou wast Born all in-ef-fab-Iy of a Vir-gin,

" 1'1 .... 1'1 •• ~

• •



then were the Scrip-tures ful-fil-led: "Thou didst come down as show-ers on the

I· • I' · · • '+., I*i. •• =.,. ~. ,. • 111



mown grass, to bring sal-va-tion un-to all man-kind." We praise Thee, 0 Our God.

244

Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

244

The Chapter

Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the Chapter as follows:

I

1 1

1 1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1 1

1

1 ~

1

Mar-y ev-er-vir-gin, t re- joice that thou wast deem-ed meet to bear the

I

1 1 1 1

1

1

1

1

1

1 1

1

1

1

1

1 .

1

,

Cre-a-tor of Heav-en and the Earth, =I< for thou hast brought forth from thy womb

I 1 ~ 1 1 1 ~ 111 I 'I 1 1 ~ II ~

the Sa-viour of the world. All respond: W. Thanks be to God.
.. "
~~ The VersicIe
/
I 1 1 1 1 1 11\ ., ••• ., 111
Then the 1st Cantor alone I
"
chants the Versicle:. y. 0 Christ, a- rise, help us. )I
I
I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11\ ., ••• ., /'
The Versicle s Response 111
is chanted by All: W· And de- liv- er us for Thy Name's sake. alone chants: y. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son. -~

Only the 1st Cant;r's ;ide 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1111

. 0 1

Only the 2nd Cantor's side 1 1 1 1 •

The Litany, The Lord's Prayer, and The Collect

The Hebdomadary

b 1 1 1 1 I. 1111

,

ei: the Quire continues: W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son. ei. the Quire continues: W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son,

Only the 1st Cantor's side 0 1 1 1 1 1 1,,1 Only the 2nd Cantor's side 0 1 1 1 1 1 1111 Qj_ the Quire continues: W.Chris-te el-e-y-son. ei. the Quire continues: W. Chris-te el-e-y-son, Only the 1st Cantor's side b 1 1 1 1 1 1111 Only the 2nd Cantor's side' b 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ilf ei the Quire continues: J.¥.Chris-te el-e-y-son. Qj_ the Quire continues: J.¥. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son. Only the 1st Cantor's side b 1 1 1 1 1 1 Illij All b. 1 = 1\ 1 1 ~'. 111

Until the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone

I 1

1

11111

1

I

1 1

W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

1 111

ei: the Quire continues: W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

Then the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone

conclude:

chants the beginning of the Lord's Prayer: y. Our Fath-er.

and then, as prescribed by St. Benedict, this is continued totally in silence:

Who art in Heaven, Hallowed be Thy Name. Thy Kingdom come, Thy Will be Done, on Earth, as It is in Heaven. Give us this day our daily bread; and forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive those that trespass against us.

resumes the chant of the prayer with the words: y. And lead us not in-to temp-ta-tion.

I

1

1 1 1 1

1

1

All respond:

W. But de-liv-er us from



e- vii.

11111 j 1"1 L~' ----.I

I

245' Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide ,1245

If the H ebdomadary is a Priest or I. • ; fiji • IIi !ill I. • ;1 fiji 'Ir

a Deacon, he chants alone: y. The Lord be with you. respond:~. And with thy spir-it. (But if not, or if chanted without anyone else present, then, in place of the abo e, the

Hebdomadary I .' ~ fiji • IIi All '~~~~~~~§~i~l

alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond: ~. And let my cry co~e un-to thee.)

The Hebdomadary"alone then chants the following Collect: .

•• ~ ,II" ••• :. • " • •••••• " • 1

I

y. Let us pray. 0 Lord God Al-migh-ty, Who hast brought us to the be-gin-ing pf this

I I • • •• •• • ••• • I • • • • • :. • ,

the ful-fil-ment of Thy Righ-teous-ness. Through Our Lord Je-sus Christ,

I • • I •••• • • I· •• ••••• • • •• ': I •

Thy Son, Who liv-eth and reign-eth with Thee in the U-nit-y of the Ho-ly Ghost, God,

I • • •• •• I • II' All I ; • II ij

through all the a-ges of a-ges. respond:

d mad . P' I:I~.~~' ~~; ~~~~

If the Heb 0 ary is a nest or =

a Deacon, he ciiants alone: y. The Lord be with you. respond:~. And with thy spir-it. .. (But if not, or if chanted without anyone else present, then, in place o f the above, the

H ebdomadary I .' ; fiji • II i All I. • • • • • • · f alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond: ~. And let my cry come un-to Thee.)

The Conclusion

~. A-men.
fiji I • ; , ~ 'f
·"i All •
I

The Conclusion is begun

. ~' .. , [

I

..... -;c ~

, .... I~

by the 1st Cantor alone: y. Let us bless the Lord.

Then the Abbot (or Senior ~I~~.~~.~~.~~.~~~.~~.~~.~~.~~.~.~~.~~II~

in Quire) adds:

respond: If. Thanks be to God.

y. May the Div-ine + Help re-main with us al-ways. I



















II

respond:

~. And with our ab-sent breth-ren, A - men.

And so is concluded Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide according to the Sarum Monastic Office of the Rule of St. Benedict.

In some places, immediately after Prime. all proceed to the Chapter Room (if there be such apart from the Monastery Church). where the Capitular Office for Chapter. as given after Prime of Sunday pp. 64 - 70 in Volume I (The Psalter Outside of Paschaltide), begins immediately with a Short Lesson and the Reading of the Martyrology. as indicated therein.

Terce. Sext , and None for Friday are given as for Terce. Sext and None for

Tuesday, as given after Prime for Tuesday. pp. 100 - 114. •

246

Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

I 246

VESPERS

FOR

THE

HOLY

THEOTOKOS

ON

FRIDAYS

(from the Octave of Epiphany, Jan. 13 I 26, to the Purification, Feb. 2 I 15) I • •

• •











I

The Hebdomadary alone chants:" f. 0 God, + be At-ten-tive un-to help-ing me.

Ii .' • • • • • II • ••

I 0.



All respond:

• • •





~. 0 Lord, make haste to help me. Glor- y be

• I' • • .' .'f •••••

to the Fath- er, and to the Son, + and to the Ho- Iy Ghost. As it was in the

~'" I. III .. • I' • • • • I' • ••• ••• • • ." ~

/'

be- gin- ning, both now and ev- er, and un- to the a- ges of a- ges. A- men.

Outside the Season of But, only during the Season of Septuagesima ,

Septuagesima , here add: in place ei. "Alleluya," here add: ;:1

I' · b • 'II ~ I····· I 1 • • • • • b 'II:;

AI- le- lu- ya.

Praise be to Thee, 0 Lord, King of E- ter- nal Glor- y.

The Psalms

Then the 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the l st Antiphon:

On all Doubles, or if it be the

I



"t. 1 1

I

Af-ter Child-Bear-ing.

.. . .'





• I

I

I

custom of th.e plg.<:e, All respond: Thou re - main - est a stain - less Vir - gin;

I It;! I I II ~

It;! It;! I • I '::

Bear-er of God, in-ter-cede for us. , t

Tone 4 I (. • .]... ( • 8 • I] ••• •

*

.,!.~ ~ A

.. II.... .--- d

• • •• II 1

Psalm 141:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the l st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

With my voice unto the Lord 1 have I cri-ed; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

with my voice unto the Lord have I 1 made sup-plic-a-tion.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

I "ill pour out before Him my 1 sup-plic-a-tion; * mine affliction be- 1 fore

Him will I de-clare.

When my spirit was faipt- 1 ing with...:.in me, * then 1 Thou knew-est my paths. In this way 1 where-in I have walk'd, * 1 they hid for me a snare.

I looked upon my, 1 right hand, and be-held; * and there was 1 none that did know me. 1 Flight have fail-ed me;,* and there is nqne that watch- 1 eth out for my soul.

I have cried unto Thee} OALord; tIl said: "Thou art My Hope; * My Portion

art Thou in the 1 land of the liv-ing. _

Attend unto my 1 sup-plic-a-tion, :I< for 1 I am brought ver-y low. A

Deliver me from them that 1 per-sec-ute me, * for they 1 are strong-er than I. Bring my soul out of prison that I 1 may con-fess Thy Name; * the righteous

shall wait patiently for me until 1 Thou shalt re-ward me.

Glory be to the Fath- 1 er, and to the + Son, * 1 and to the Ho-ly Ghost. .

1\s it was in the beginning, both 1 now and ev-er,:I< and unto the ages 1 of a-ges. A-men.

247

Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

247

Tone 4

*

•• II •••

.j, ~ I •

.-11--

Psalm 143: vv. 1 - 9:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st portion of the 2nd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set "of brackets therein):

Bless-ed 1 is the Lord Mv God, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's ;ide ei. tfie Quire completes the verse:

Who teacheth my hands, for battle and 1 my fing-ers for war.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's/ side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the" intonation notes), the t~o sides alternating the ve._rses _thereafter.

"" My Mercy 1 and My Ref-uge, * My Helper J, and My De-liv-er-er,

My Defender is He, and J, in Him have I hoped, '" Who subjected 1 my peo-ple

un-der me. I

o Lord, what is man, that Thou A art 1 Made Known un-to him, * or the Son of jI

Man, that Thou 1 ta-kest ac-count of Him? I

Man is like 1 un-to van-it-y; * his days like 1 a sha-dow pass a-way. /1

o Lord, bow down the Heav- 1- ens and come down; * touch the 1 moun-tains, and they shall smoke.

Flash forth lightning, and 1 Thou shalt scat-ter them; * send forth Thine arrows, J, and Thou shalt troub-le them.

Send forth Thy Hand from on high; t rescue and deliver me from 1 man-y wat-ers, '" from the hand of 1 the sons of al-i-ens,

Whose mouth hath J, spo-ken van-it-y ,* and their right hand is the right J, hand of un-rjgh-teous-ness,

Glory be to tbs Fath- 1 er , and to the + Son, * 1 and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both J, now and ev-er ,* and unto the ages 1 of ~ a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 143: vv , 10 - 18:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd portion of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): o God, a new song shall 1 I sing un-to Thee; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

with the psaltery of ten strings 1 shall I chant un-to Thee,

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next vase (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses there a [ter:

Who givest sal- 1 va-tion un-to kings, '" Who redeem est David Thy servant

from the e- 1 vii sword; de-liv-er me, ,

And rescue me from the hand of the sons of al-i-ens, t whose mouth hath

l spo-ken van-it-y; '" and their right hand is the right l hand of pn-righ-teous-ness, Whose sons l are like new plants, * strong- J, ly plant-ed in their youth,

Their daughters 1 pret-tif-i-ed, * and lavishly adorned like J, un-to a Tern-pie. Their J, gar-ners are full, '" bursting forth with l al] man-ner Of store.

Their sheep are abundant in young, multiplying J, in their gate-ways- * J, their

ox-en are fat. /

There is no breach of wall, nor 1 an-y pass-age, * nor an- J, y out-cry in their streets.

They have called the people bless- 1 ed which f'ar-eth thus, * but bless-ed is the peo- l pie whose God is the Lord.

Glory be to the Fath- J, er, and to the + Son, * J, and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

1\s it was in the beginning, both J, now and vev-er, * and unto the ages 1. of a-ges. A-men.

248

Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

248

Tone 4

*

• • II •••

t ~ • •

,

_ A

.......

. . ,,~

Psalm 144: VV. 1 - 9: .

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the Ist portion of the 3rd Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

I will ex-all Thee, J, 0 My God, My King; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire completes the verse:

and I will bless Thy Name for ever, yea, for

t ev-erand ev-er.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Every da] t will I bless Thee, * and I will praise Thy Name for ever, yea, for

t ev-er and ~v-er,. ~

~~ , Great is the Lord and ex-ceed- t ing-Iy to be Praised, * and of His t great-ness

there is no end. /' ,

Generation and gener-a- J, tion shall praise Thy works, * and Thy t pow-er

shall they de-clare. I

Of the Majesty of the Glory of Thy Ho-:"" t Iin-ess shall they speak, * and they /:1

shall t tell of Thy wo.n-ders. I

And the power of Thine awesome t deeds shall they re-late, * and they shall

t tell of Thy Maj-es-ty.· /r

The memory of the multitude of .Thy good- t ness shall they pour forth, * and in Thy right- J, eons-ness shall they re-joice. ,

, Compassionate and Mer- t ci-ful is the Lord, * Long-Suffering and

Plent- t e-ous in mer-cj',

The t Lord is Good to all, * and His compassions J, are o-ver all His works. Glory be to the Fath- t er, and t6 the It Son, * J, and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both J, now and ev-er, * and unto the ages t of a-ges. A-men.

I



1" •

I •• •

• •







• i

I





Then, All repeat: r' Af-ter Child-Bear-ing thou re-main-est a stain-less Vir-gin;

~1~1~~~~~~~~'~'~'~'~~'~'~111 ~

Bear-er of God, in-ter-cede for us.

The Chapter

Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the Chapter as follows:

I •••• • • •••••• I ,.

"

I



I

The ho-ly ang-els praise thee, 0 Bear-er of God, t thou that didst not know

. • . • •• • ~ I •

I • ; II All • • ; II ij

man, * and didst bear the Lord in thy womb. respond:~. Thanks be to God.

The Responsory

Then is sung the following Responsory:

I

The 1st Cantor ••• .' ~.

alone chants:

Ho-Iy Bear-er of God,

I

. .' ~.

• •



tI· ~ ; III I ~
thou art ex-al-ted.
tI· ~ I III I ~
thou art ex-a l-ted.
• • • • • ; ... ·Iij
• All respond:

The Hebdomadary

alone chants:

Ho-Iy Bear-er of God,

I



• • •



All respond:

y. A-hove the quires of an-gels to the Heav--en-Iy King-dom.

I tI. ~I III I~ Thou art ex-al-ted.

249

Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

249

The Hebdomadary

I .....:1 ..





alone chants:

y. Glor- y I





be to the Fath- er, and to the Son, +

• III =

and to the Ho- ly Ghost.

I

• •

• • •

ptj.

th

1\ :I

All respond:

Ho-ly Bear-er of God, thou art ex-al-ted.

The Hvmn

I

Then is sung the following Hymn: :I



:I :I'

" .

... .' .

The 1st Cantor alone chants the-intonation: 1. Her time ful-fill'd, That Son she bore,

The 1st Cantor's side only completes line 1: -) Whom Ga-briel's voice had The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 2:

2. The heav'n-Iy chor-us f'ill'd the sky,

I

ptj . •



told a - fore; 1.-)

"~I

1/

-) The Ang-els sang to God on High, 201'''

Then All chant line 3:

3. All hon-our, laud, andglor- y

I



be,
-) 0
IS~ • Je - sus, Vir - gin - Born to Thee, 3.-) . .....



I

ptj •





1. Whom, in His Moth- er yet Con- ceal'd ,

-) The in - fant Bap - tist had re-veal'd. 1. 2. What time to shep-herds, watch-ing lone,

-) They made cre- a- tion's Shep-herd Known. 2. 3. All glor - y, as is ev - er meet,

r' -) To Fath - er and to Par - a - clete. 3.,~

Then All chant the "Amen" as follows:

A - men.

The Verside

chants this Versicle: y. Af-ter Child-Bear-ing thou re-main-est a stain-less Vir-gin.

I • •• ••• • • .1\ ....

This Versicle's Response-l '.111 II~

is chanted by AU: .y. Bear-er of God, in-ter-cede for The Antiphon on the Magnificat and the Magnificat

Then is sung the following Antiphon on the Magnificat: ~O~~.~.~~.~~.~~.~~.~~=~~.~~.~lij

us.

which is begun by the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone: The Vir-gin-Moth-er, know-ing no man.

o

On all Doubles, or if it be the custom of the place,



~~'. .

:I

ptj •

• •

All continue the Antiphon as follows:

Brought forth with-out tra-vail the



. ~~'.' I· .. '. . .. " .. '1

• •

III ;





world's Re-deem-er; He, Who is King of the an-gels,

O. • ••• II j

i '.. ::.

;

re-ceiv-ed nour-ish-ment from

a Heav-en-fill-ed Vir-gin bos-om.

250 I

Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

I 250

The Magnificat (Luke 1: 46 - 55):

After the Antiphon on the Magnificat, the

1st Cantor alone begins chanting the Magnificat: + My soul *.

Only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire responds with ~b~,§~,~~I~~I~~,~~,~3§II.

the 2nd half of the 1st verse of the Magnificat:

doth mag-ni-fy the Lord .

... 1-_ :'--'A * 1-.. ,J,.e, :.--. ..

Tone 6 0 ... 1 I I I .. I I I I ,.. 1'1 18,.. ~ I H ~ h [3 8 I] .. I I I: 1"1. I I II.

Only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the 2nd verse 'of the Magnificat, using this Tone, including the intonation notes:

And my spir- 1 it hath re-joi-ced * in 1 God My Sa-vi our.

".. And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(including the intonation notes) ,JJie two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For He hath look-ed upon the low-li-ness 1 of His hand-maid-en; * 1 for

be-hold, from hence-forth all generations shall 1 call me: "Bless-ed." , I

For the Might-y One hath 1 done great' things un-to me; * and 1 Ho-ly is His ';1

Name. " "

And His mer-cy is 1 on them that fear Him '* 1 un-to gener-a-tion and

1 gen-er-a-tion. _ -, ~ j,

He hath show- 1 ed strength with His Arm; * 1 He hath scat-ter-ed the proud in the imagin- 1 a-tion Of their heart.

He hath put down 1 the might-y from their seat, * 1 and ex-al-ted 1 them of

low deg-ree. ~ ..

He hath fiII-ed 1 the hun-gry with good things, * 1 and the rich He hath sent

1 emp-ty a-way. _, .

He hath hoi-pen 1 His ser-vant Is-ra-el * 1 in re-mem-brance 1 of His mer-cy, As He 1 spake to our fath-ers, * 1 to A-bra-ham, and his 1 seed for ev-er. GIor-y be to the 1 Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

_ As,it ,,:a~ in J.-he beginning, 1 both now and ev-er, * 1 and un-to the a-ges, of

1 a-ges. A-men. \;

Then All repeat b I I I I I • 1 I I I ~ ~ '. ~ ::I ,.. I I I ~

the Antiphon:

a

The Vir-gin-Moth-er, know-ing no man brought forth with-out ira-vail the

I

I

I

I I

I I

I

I

I

I

I II ~. ii-l • II

world's Re-deem-er; He, Who is King of the an-gels,

b I I I I I II J

. '.. ::~

~

re-ceiv-ed nour-ish-ment from

a Heav-en-fill-ed Vir-gin bos-om.

The Litany, The Lord's Praver, and The Collect

The Hebdomadary

fi I I I I I I 'Ir

alone chants: y. Kyr-i-e eI-e-y-son.

Only the 1st Cantor's side b I I I I I. 1111 Only the 2nd Cantor's side b I I I I I. 1111

cd. the Quire continues: W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son. ei. the Quire continues: W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son. Only the 1st Cantor's side b I I I I. III~ Only the 2nd Cantor's side b I I I I I III~

ei. the Quire continues: .y.Chris-te el-e-y-son, ei. the Quire continues: .y. Chris-te eI-e-y-son. Only the 1st Cantor's side b I I I I I 'II~ Only the 2nd Cantor's side b I I I I I I 1111

cd. the Quire continues: W.Chris-te el-e-y-son. ei. the Quire continues: W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-¥,n.

251

Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

251

Only the 1st Cantor's side All



et. the Quire continues: ~. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son, conclude:~. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

Then the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) chants alone the Lord's Prayer, as [allows:

I I' 'I III I ,11,1. I I I I' ,'1

Our Fath-er, Who art in Heav-en, Hal-lo-wed be Thy Name. Thy King-dom.

come, Thy Will be Done, on Earth, as It is in Heav-en. Giv.e us this day our
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1
I I I
dail-y bsead; and for-give us our tres-pass-es, as ~e for-give those that
% I I I I I I I I II 1
I I I I I I I I
./ tres-pass a-gainst us. And lead us not in-to temp-ta-tion.

I I I I I I iii I , ,,~

All respond: ~. But de-liv-er u's from e-vil. /'

I[ the Hebdomadary is a Priest or I, I. ; ,.. Illij All I I _' ;,.. II Ir

a Deacon, he chants alone: y. The Lord be with you. respond:~. And with thy spir-it. (But i [ not, or i [ chanted without anyone else present, then, in place a [ the above, the

Hebdomadary I I I ; ,.. I Ilij All I I I I I I I I I 111

alone chants: v. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond:~. And let my cry come un-to Thee.)

The Hebdomadiiry alone then chants the following Collect:

1~~~~I~§I~~;~II~I~~'~~~I~~I~~I~g'~~'~~'~~'~~'~.~'~~~'~~'~~'~~'~'~~1 •

y. Let us pray. 0 God, Who by the fruit-ful vir-gin-it-y of Bles-sed Mar-y hast

I I I " I I I I I I I I I I 101 I I I I I

be-stow-ed on man-kind the re-ward of e-ter-nal sal-va-tion; grant to us, we

I I I I I I I I I I I I I 181 I I ., I I I

be-seech Thee, to per-ceive that she in-ter-ce-deth for us, by whom we have been

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

ac-coun-ted meet to re-ceive the Auth-or of Life, Our Lord Je-sus Christ,

I I II " I I I I I II " I 'I I I I ','

Thy Son, Who liv-eth and reign-eth with Thee in the U-nit-y of the Ho-ly Ghost, God,

I I I I I I I I I "i All I ; I II ~

through all the a-ges of a-ges. respond:~. A-men.

I [ the Hebdomadary is a Priest or ~I~I~~'~~; ~"'~~~'~llij

All

I

I

I

a Deacon, he chants alone: v. The Lord be with you. respond:~. And with thy spir-it. (But i [ not I or i [ chanted without anyone else present I then I in place 0 [ the above I the H ebdomadary I I I ; ,.. I II~ All I I I I I I I I I r

alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond: ~. And let my cry come un-to The~.)

252

Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

252

The Commemorations

If some other Feasts of the Saints or Mysteries fall either on this Friday or Saturday, their commemorations are added here in the following manner. First, the following is inserted:

The l st Cantor

I .......... -t-

· ~····r

All

alone chants: y. Let us bless the Lord. respond:~. Thanks be to God.

Then, for each commemoration, there is sung, in this order: ,

1) The Antiphon that would have been' the Antiphon on the M agni f icat , if such a Feast or Mystery was being observed as the main Feast of the day . These Antiphons are intoned by the 1st Cantor' or the 2nd Cantor, alternating each such commemoration I and are continued by All.

21 The Versicle (together with its own Response) that would have been sung before the Antiphon on the Magnificat, if such a Feast or Mystery was being observed q& the main Feast of the day. The Versicle is sung by the 2nd Cantor if the Antiphon sung beforehand was sung by the l st Cantor,

and vice-versa. All chant the Response. .

3) The Collect (chanted by the Hebdomadary) that would have been chanted if '

such a' Feast or Mystery was being observed as the main Feast of the day. 'I

This sequence of Antiphon, Versicle, and Collect is repeated for each commemoration. After the last commemoration (or next, if there was none other), the Commemoration of All Saints is begun either by the 1st Cantor or the 2nd Cantor,

I ~. I ,

whichever is next in turn for

beginning the commemoration:

I .' '. " All

All ye Saints of God.

I •





• • .". II







respond: Who are breth-ren and com-pan-ions of the Heav'n-ly
I ~ Ilij
• I'll. • I •
• . ... •
in-ter-cede for us, we be-seech Thee. cit-iz-ens,

the commemoration,

Whichever one of the 1st Cantor or 2nd Cantor did not begin the above Antiphon for

I .

All

























now chants:

Be glad, 0 ye righ-teous, and re-joice in the Lord.

respond: ~. And be joy-ful, all ye that are true of heart.

To complete the Commemoration of All Saints, if it is done, the Hebdomadary alone then chants the Collect of All Saints, in the same Tone as that given for the Collect for given above, as follows:

y. Let us pray. We beseech Thee, 0 Lord, mercifully to look upon our infirmities; and, at the intercession of all Thy Saints, turn from us all those evils that we most righteously have deserved. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. ~. Amen.

After the last commemoration the following is added (but omitted altogether if no commemorations have been made):

If the H ebdomadary is a Priest or I. • ~ ptj

All



I

a Deacon, he chants alone: y. The Lord be with you. respond:~. And with thy spir-it. (But if not, or if chanted without anyone else present, then I in place of the above, the

H ebdomadary I .' ~ ptj • Ilij All I. • • • • • • ',1 alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond: ~. And let my cry come un-to Thee.)

253

Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide

253

The Conclusion

The following Conclusion is never omitted. !1 there have been no commemorations, it is begun by the 1st Cantor alone, I .................. ~~

but if there were, it is begun '·e· If::

All

I

............

~' ••• I~

by the 2nd Cantor alone:", y. Let us bless the Lord.

I

respond: W. Thanks be to God.

The Abbot ( or Senior











• •

• • •

All

y. May the Div-ine + Help re-main with us al-ways, I

in Quire) chants:



















II



respond:

W. And with our ab-sent breth-ren, A - men.

/'

And so is concluded Vespers for the Holy Theotokos on Fridays in Christmastide according to the Sarum Monastic Office of the Rule of St. Benedict.j Compline for Friday is sung as given for Compline for Monday, which is given /' after Vespers of Monday, pp. 61 - 66.

254 I Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 254

NIGHT VIGILS (MATINS) FOR THE HOLY THEOTOKOS ON SATURDAYS

(from after the Octave Day of Epiphany, Jan. 13/26, until the Purification, Feb. 2) 15)

THE INTRODUCTION

The Hebdomadary alone chants:

..

All respond:

I •

I

• • • •

. .' .







.,. 0 God, + be At-ten-tive un-to help-ing me.

I









• II ' •

• •





w. 0 Lord, make haste to help me. Glor- y be



/'

!





I















• •











to the Fath- er, and to the Son, + and to the Ho- Iy Ghost. As it was in the I • •

I







• 'I •

. ,,~



• • •

• • •



be- gin- ning, both now and ev- er , and un- to the a- ges of a- ges. A- men.

Outside the Season of S eptuagesima , here add:

I ·



I ·

. ~

AI- le- Iq- YlP'

But, only during the Season of S eptuagesima ,

in place Q[_ "Alleluya," here-add:

• •

• 1









• •

Praise be to Thee, 0 Lord, King of E- ter- nal Glor-' y.

Making the Sign of the Cross on the lips, the 1st Cantor alone chants:

All respond:

Again, without the Sign of the Cross,

the 1st Cantor alone chants:

All respond:

Once again, without the Sign of the Cross, the 1st Cantor alone chants:

All respond:

I





• •



• •



.,. 0 It Lord, Thou shalt o-pen my lips.

I .







I







W. And my mouth shall de-clare Thy praise.

I. • ••••••

.,.0 I •

Lord, Thou shalt o-pen my lips.

• •

• • •





J¥. And my mouth shall de-clare Thy praise.

I .





• •







.,.0 I .

Lord, Thou shalt o-pen my lips.





II~

• •

• • •

W. And my mouth shall de-clare Thy praise.

The Waiting Psalm-Psalm 3



Psalm 3 LS then chanted while any late-comers may still enter the Quire, as

follows:

255 [Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide 255

.. t J,~ J' A. * I A

T one I ndirectum I I.. [I 8 I I] .. I I I I 8 I I I I .. I I I I 8 I II ij

Psalm 3:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the Psalm verse, using this Tone: o Lord, why are they multip-lied 1 that af-flict me? *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse.:

Many rise up against me.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse,

the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:, _, A

Many say 1 un-to my soul: * "There is no salvation for him _in His God."

But Thou, 0 Lord, -1 art My Hel-per, * My Glory, and the Lif-ter up of my head.

I fried unto the -1 Lord with my voice, * and He heard me out of His Hfi-Iy

Moun-tain.· • ,

-\: I -1 laid me down and slept; * I a-woke, for the Lord will help me. _

I will not be afraid of 1en thousands of people that set themselves ag- 1 ainst

me round ab-out; * arise, 0 Lord; save me, 0 My God. ~

For Thou hast smitten all who without cause -1 are mine en-em-ies; * the teeth "

of sinners hast Thou .bro-ken. "

Sal-va- -1 tion is of the Lord; * and Thy blessing is up-on Thy peo-ple.

Glory be to the Fath- 1 er, and to the + Son, * and to the Ho-ly Ghost. /'

, As it was in the beginning, bothI now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of a-ges.

A-men. .

The Invitatory and The Venite+-Psalm 94

Then the Cantors chants the lnvitaiory and the Venite (Psalm 94)_ I nvitator y and Venite are to be chanted in the following manner:

Then only the 1 Sf and 2nd Cantors 0 II I I I ... I I "'111 -I "

I -

The following

.,

chant the entire Invaaory together: Let us praise God Borne of the Vu--gin, * for praise is meet.

_ b

Then All.repeat II ~ I • ... I. I "'111 I" I •• ew q

I - • -----

the entire Invitatory: Let us praise God Borne of the Vir--gin, * for praise is meet.

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors b I •••••• I I I I • • U

begin the Venite together:

b. • I I 1 I

Ps. Corne, let us re-joice in the Lord; let us shout with

I

I

I

I

I I

I

I

I



I .. ~

I

I

I

I

ju-bll-a-tion un-to God Our Sa-vi our . Let us corne be-fore His Coun-ten-ance with

b



• III

I

I

I

• •

I



• I I •



thanks-giv-ing, and with Psalms let us shout in ju-bil-a-tion un-to Him.

6

Then All repeat II ~ I I ... I I "'III I "

I -

, I ••• ew III II

the entire Invitatory: Let us praise God Borne of the Vir--gin, * for praise is meet

01 I I. I 1 I ~

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors I I

continue the Venite together:

6 I I • I

'. '. .

For the Lord is a Great God, and a Great King

I

I I I

I

I

I I

I

I

I





o-ver all (gods; for the Lord will not cast off His peo-ple.) For in His Hand are

b

I I

I

I

I

I I

I

I

I



lIij

the ends of the Earth, and the heights of the moun-tains are His.

b II~

Then All repeat only the 2nd half "1,..... III

of the I nvitatory , as follows: For praise is meet.

256

Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide

256

continue the Venite together:

b I I

I

I

I

I

For the sea is His, and He made it; and the dry Here tt6~~~'C===~'~~'==~'==~'C='~==~'~==~'==l'

land His Hands have fash-ion-ed. all bow. 0 come, let us wor-ship and fall down

b I I I I I I I I I I I I I II~ Here b ~ I I ~ ~

be-fore Him, and let us weep be-fore the Lord Who made us; all rise. 'For He is Our

6 l1li I I

• •

I

I

• I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

~

God. And we are the peo-ple of His pas-ture, and the sheep of His Hand.

Th "All 6 . I l1li I ~ ~ Ita l1li II'

en _ repeat I~ ~. I I iii 1'l1li. __ o.

I - ~

/'

Let us praise God Borne of the Vu--gin,:I: for praise is meet.

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors 6 I I I I I • I I I I •

the entire Invitaior y:

I

I

I

I

I "'ij; I, To-day; if ye will hear His Voice, har-den not your

I I I I I I •• I I ~

continue the Venite together:

I

I

I

hearts. As in the prov-o-ca-tion, in the day of temp-ta-tion in the wil-der-ness. For

b I

~

I

I

I I

I

II ~

your fath-ers temp-ted Me; they prov-ed Me and saw My

o ~.

works.

Then All repeat only the 2nd half

+.

For praise is meet.

II'

of the lnyitatary , as follows:

" ~ a .

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors

I

I

I

I

I

• I ..

continue the Venite together:

For-ty years long was I griev-ed with that

b I

• • •

I



I

• •

I

I

I

I

• I

I

I

I

I

I

gen-er-a-tion, and I said: "They do al-ways err in their hearts. ~nd they have not

b I

I

I

I I I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I I

I I

I

~

known My ways, so I sware in Mine ang-er: 'They shall not en-ter in-to My rest.'"

Then All repeat b I II I I I ,.. I I "'l1li I ~ ~'+. Ita l1li11'

the entire Invitatory: Let us praise God Borne of the Vu--gin,:I: for praise is meet.

T C ttb~~,~~~,~~~,~~,~~,~~,~~,~~~,~~,~~~.~Iij

hen only the 1st and 2nd an tors =

conclude the Venite together:

Glor-y be

to the Fath-er, and to the + Son,

b •



I I



I I

I

I •

I

I

I

I

l1li I

I

I

I

I

I

and to the Ho- Iy Ghost. As it was in the be-gin-ning, both now and ev-er, and

I

I I I I • I

l1li •

~

un-to the a-ges of a - ges. A - men.

Then All repeat only the 2nd half of the Invitatory , as follows:

+.

For praise is meet.

~

257 I Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors

chant the lst half of the Invitaior y:

Then All repeat only the 2nd half of the Invitaior y , as follows:

Let us praise God Borne of the Vir-gin. :;.

.-, . ;...... III Ilij

For praise is meet.

Th:e Hymn

Then is sung the following Hymn:

I

. . . ; .



:I

I



I





" to

.... The 1st Cantor alone chants the intonation.,

1. In that chaste par-ent's ho= ly womb The 1st Cantor's side only completes line 1: ~ The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 2:

2. The man-sion or' the mod- est breast .

Cel- es- tial grace hath found a home; 1.~ " '(

/'

r

~ Be- comes a shrine where God shall rest; 2. ~

Then All chant line 3:

3. All hon-our, laud, and glor- y be,



,..

o Je - sus, Vir - gin - Born to Thee, 3,~ . ...

I









N ,.. •

II ~



1. And she, as earth-ly bride un-known,

~ Yet cans that Off-spring Blest her own. 1.

2. The pure and u~r- de - fi -led one

~ Con - ceiv - ed

\;' in her womb the Son. 2.

,

3. All glor - y, as

is ev - er meet,

4 To

Fath - er and to Par - a - dele. 3.
I II ~
; I!III'
«
A - men. Then All chant the "Amen" as follows:

THE FIRST NOCTURN

The Psalms

Four Psalms are then chanted for the First Nocturn , as follows:

I

Then the 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the lst Antiphon:

On all Doubles, or if it be the custom of the place, !1ll. respond:

• '-' •• ~ ; :I III" • ~

she bare the King of all kings.

. ,.. ;

I' - I ~ • I

A Vir-gin in the Word con-ceiv-ed.

,..

1:1 •

A Vir-gin she re-main-ed; as a Vir-gin



:1111 •

I

• I

258 I Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 258

_t r • A* ,j.V~A

Tone 2 I ( .) ... (. I) .... • B • I • • • ... • • • Ilij

_.1 - - 8.- ......

Psalm 101:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): o Lord, hear T my prayer, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q.[_ the Quire completes the ve,rse: A

and let my cry J come un-to Thee.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side IT the' Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

_ Turn not Thy Face a- l' way from me; * in the day when I am afflicted, in-cline Thine t Ear un-to me.

In the day when I call up- l' o!l J'hee; :I: quickly heark-.l en un-to mit

~ For my days are van-ish-ed l' like smoke, * and my bones consumed like wood

for 1 the bur-ning. /' _ ,

I am smitten like grass, and with-er-ed l' is my heart, :I: for I for-got 1 to eat

my bread. _ ~ ,

By reason of the voice of my i groan-ing ~ my bone hath cleav-ed J un-to my flesh. r I am become "like a pelican Of the i wil-der-ness; * I am like an owl in 1 a I

rti-ln'd house. . ' I

I have watched, and am like a T spar-row * that sitteth alone up-on 1 the

house-top. . _ 4

The whole day long mine enem-ies re- i proach-ed me, * and they that prais-ed

me made an oath 1 a-gainst me. ,

For before the face of Thy wrath and Thine l' ang-er :I: I ate ash- 1 es like bread.

And my drink I mingl-ed with T weep-Ing; ... for after uplifting me, Thou 1 hast dash'd me down.

My days like a shadow have de- l' ell-ned, * and I like grass J am with-er-ed. But Thou, 0 Lord, for ev-er a- T bl-dest; ... and Thy remembrance is unto generation and gen-:i" er-a-tidn.

Thou shalt rise up and have pity up-on T Sy-on; ... for it is time to have

compassion on her; yea, 1 the time is come. •

_ For Thy servants have taken pleas-ure in i her stones, * and they shall feel

pit- t y for her dust.

And the nations shall fear Thy i Name, 0 Lord, * and all the kings of the Earth

1 Thy Glor-Y. _

For the Lord shall build up T Sy-on, *and He shall be Seen in 1 His Glor-Y. _ He hath regarded the prayer of the i hum-ble, * and hath 'not despised their sup- J plic-a-tion.

Let this be written for another gen-er- T a-tlon, * and the people that is being

ere-a-ted 1 shall praise the Lord. ~

For He hath looked out from His i Ho-ly Height; * the Lord from Heaven hath

look -ed 1 up-on the Earth, A

To hear the groaning of them that be in T fet-ters * to loosethe 1 sons Of the slain, To declare in Syon the Name of i the Lord, * and His praise in 1 Jer-u-sal-em, When the peoples are gath-er'd to- i geth-er * and the kings 1 to serve the Lord. He answered him in the way of i his strength: * "The fewness of my days

de- 1 clare un-to me.

"Take me not away at the half of T my days, ... in generations and gener-a-tions 1 are Thy years.

In the beginning, 0 Lord, Thou didst lay the foun-da-tion l' Of the Earth; * and the Heavens are the works 1 of Thy Hands,

They shall perish, but Thou a- l' bl-dest; * and all like a gar-ment J,. shall grow old. And as a vesture shalt Thou fold them, and they i shall be changed; * but Thou

art the Same, and Thy years 1 shall not fail. ~

Thesons of Thy servants shall have their i dwell-ing, * and their seed for ever shall be gui- 1 ded a-right.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and l' to the It Son, * and to t the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages' of a - 1 ges. A-men.

259 Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 259

•••••••••

Ilij

.. . . ""

Psalm 102:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set" 0 f brackets therein):

Bless the Lord, 0 i my soul, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire completes the verge:

and all that is within me' bless tHis Ho-Iy

Name.

~ And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), tpe two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Bless the Lord, 0 T my soul. * and forget not all that He 1 hath done for thee,

Who is Gracious unto all thine in- T j-quit-ies, * Who healeth all thine ,I

t in-f'[rrn-it-jes, _ j!

Who redeemeth thy life from cor- i rtip-tion, * who crowneth thee with mercy ,

and 1 com-pas-sion, "

Who fulfilleth thy de-si-re wlthT good things; * thy youth shall be re-new'd as 1 the ea-gle's.

The Lord performeth deeds of l' mer-cy, * and executeth judgment for all them t that are wrdng'd,

He hath made His ways known un-to T Mo-ses, * unto the sons of Isra-el the

things 1 that He hath will'd. '

Compassionate and Mer-ci-ful i is the Lord, * long-suffering and plent-e-ous

1 in mer-cj', .

Not unto the ,!,nd will He be T Ang-er-ed; * neither unto eternity will 1 He, be

Wroth. • ~ .

Not according to our iniquities hath He i dealt with us; * neither according to

our sins hath He t re-ward-ed us. •

For according to the height of Heav-en T from the- Earth * the Lord hath made His mercy to prevail over them t that fear Him.

As far as the east is T from the west, * so far hath He removed our ln-i-qult- ties from us.

Like as a father hath compassion upon his sons, t so hath the Lord had compassion upon them that T fear Hi m; * for He knoweth where- 1 of we are made.

He hath remembered that we are dust; t as for man, his days are T as the grass; * as a flower of the field, so shall 1 he blos-som fOrth.

For when the wind is passed over it, then it T shall be gone; * and no longer will it know 1 the place there-Of.

But the mercy of the Lord is from e- i ter-nlt-y, * even unto eternity up-on them 1 that fear Him.

And His righteousness is up-on T sons of sons; * upon them that keep 1 His tes-ta-ment,

And remember His com- l' mand-ments * 1 to do them.

The Lord in Heaven hath pre- T par'd His Throne, * and His Kingdom ru- 1 leth o-ver all.

Bless the Lord, all ye His Ang-els, t mighty in strength, that per- T form His word, * to hear the Voice 1 of His words.

Bless the Lord, all i ye His hosts, * His minis-ters 1 that do His will.

Bless ,the Lord, all ye His works, t in every place of His do- T min-ion. * Bless the 1 Lord, 0 my soul.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the It Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages" of a- t ges. A-men.

260 Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide t 260

Tone 2 I ( .) ••• (. ') •••• • 8 • I • • • • • • • • • II ~

• • 8 • • I •• .

Psalm 103: vv. 1 - 26:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst portion of the 3rd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless the Lord, 0) my sofil; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

o Lord My God, Thou hast been

Magni-fi-ed 1 ex-ceed-ing-ly.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side el: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

';' Confession and majes-ty hast T Thou put on, * Who coverest Thyself with Light

as with .J, a gar-ment, /' ~

Whg stretchest out the Heaven as it were a i cur-tain, * Who supporteth His chambers in .J, the wat-ers,

"!,ho appointeth the clouds for T His as-cent, * Who walketh up-on the 1 wings F

of the winds, .

Who rnaketh His ang-els T spir-its, * and His ministers a flame 1 of fi-re, /' Who establisheth the Earth in the sure-ness i there-of; * it shall not be turned back for ev-er .J, and ev-er ..

The abyss like a garment is His T man-tie; * upon the mountains shall .J, the wa-ters stand.

A At Thy re-buke i they will flee, * at the Voice of Thy thunder shall 1 they be a-fraid.

The mountains rise up and the r plains sink down, * unto the place where Thou hast 1 es-tab-lish'd them.

Thou appointedst a bound that they shall i not pass, * neither return to

cov- 1 er the Ear;th . .r' _ _

He sendeth forth springs in the i val-leys; * between the mountains will 1 the ~

wat-ers run. ,

They shall g!ve drink to all the beasts r Of the field; * the wild asses will wait 1 to quench their thirst.

Beside them will the birds of the T heav-en lodge; * from the midst of the rocks 1 will they give voice.

_ He watereth the mountains from His i cham-bers; * the Earth shall be satisfied

wi th the .J, fruit Of Thy works.

He causeth the grass to grow for the T cat-tie, * and green herb for the

ser- 1 vice of men,

To bring forth bread out i of the Ear!h, * and wine maketh glad 1 the heart of man. To make his face cheer-ful i with oil * and bread strength-en- .J, eth ma!_l'S heart. The trees of the plain shall be satisfied, the cedars of Lebanon, which Thou

hast T plan-ted; * there will the spar- 1 rows make their nests.

The house of the heron is chief a-mong them t the high mountains are a re-fuge i for the harts, * and so is the .J, rock for the hares.

He hath made the Moon for i sea-sons; * the Sun know-eth 1 his go-ing down. Thou appointedst the darkness, and there i was the night, * wherein all the beasts of the for-est 1 will go a-broad.

Young lions roaring af-ter i their prey, * and seek-ing 1 their food from God. ~he Sun ariseth, and they are gath-er'd to- T geth-er; * and they lay them 1 down in their dens.

A But man shall go forth un- i to his work, * and to his labour un-til 1 the

eve-ning. ,

How magnified ar~ Thy works, 0 Lord! t In Wisdom hast Thou r made them all; * the Earth is filled with Thy 1 cre-a-tion.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the ... Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost. •

As jt was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

261 Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 261

_t 1',;« .J.V~A

Tone 2 I ( .] ••• [. '] •••• • 9 • I • • • ••• • • • II ij

• • D • • I • • .

Psalm 103: vv. 27 - 37:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the Znd portion of the 3rd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

So is this great and i spa-cious sea; ;« .

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: ,

_ therein are things creep-ing ~ ln-ruim-b'ra-ble,

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the, two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Small living crea-tures T with the great > there t go the ships;

There .. this dragon, whom Thou hast made to T play there-in. '" All 'things wait

.... on Thee to give them their food in ~ due sea-son. A

When Thou givest_it thsm, they will i gath-er it,;« when Thou openest Thy Hand, all things shall be fill-ed t with good-ness.

When Thou turnest away Thy Face, they shall be troubl-ed; t Thou wilt take

their spir-it, a,!d i they shall cease; ~ !lnd unto their _dust ~ shall ~he~ r~-turn. F

Thou wilt send forth Thy SPirit, and they shall be cre- i a-ted." and Thou shalt '

renew the face t of the Earth. -

Let the Glory of the Lord be un-to the i a-ges; '" the Lord will re- joice 1 in Hi~

works, .

Who looketh on the Earth and ma-keth it T trem-ble, ;« Who toucheth the

moiin- t tains and they smoke. A

I will sing unto the, Lord through- T out my life; ;« I will chant to My God for

as long as I have 1 my be-ing. A _ ,

May my words be sweet i un-to Hi m, '" and I will re- t joice in the Lord.

o that sinners would cease from the ,Earth, and they that work iniquity, that they should i be no more; ;« bless the 1 Lord, 0 my soul.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the III Son, ;« and to t the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in, the beginning, both now and i ev-er, _ * and unto the ages' of

a- 1 ges. A-men. ~

Psalm 104: vv. 1 - 21

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst portion of the 4th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): o give thanks unto the Lord and call up- T on His Name; ;«

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:. ,

declare among the na- 1 lions His works.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the inionaiion notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Sing unto Him and chant i un-to Him; ;« tell forth all 1 His won-ders;

Glory in His i Ho-ly Name.;« Let the heart of them be _glad t that seek !he Lord. Seek ye the Lord, and be T strength-en-ed: ;« seek ye His Face 1 at all times. Remember His won-ders T which He wrought.> His marvels, and the

judg- 1 ments of His mouth,

Ye that are the seed of Abra-ham, His l' ser-vants, * ye sons of Ja-cob, 1 His cho-sen. He is the i Lord Our God; ;« in all the Earth are 1 His judg-ments.

He hath remembered His Covenant un-to e- i ter-nlt-j , ;« the word which He

commanded unto a thousandgen- 1 er-a-tldns, ,

Which He made to T A-bra-ham, ;« and His oath 1 to I-saac.

And He established it to Jacob for an i or-din-ance, '" and to Isra-el for an ever-las- 1 ting Cov-en-ant,

Saying: "Unto thee will I give the land of T Ca-na-an, ;« the portion Of your 1 in-her-it-ance."

When they were few in T num-ber, ;« very few and so-jour- 1 ners there-in,

And they went from na-tion to i na-tion, ;« and from one kingdom to

an-eth- t er peo-ple, ,

He allowed no man to i wrong them, ;« and He re-prov'd kings 1 for their sak:.~ Saying: "Touch not Mine an- l' ointed ones, ;« and to My Prophets do 1 no e-vil. And He called a fam-ine up- i on the land; '" He brake all t the staff of bread.

262 I Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 262

.. T t, A.* J,V~A

Tone 2 I ( I) I I I (I ') I I I I I a I I I I I I I I I I I I II ij

• I a I • • I

He sent a man be- T fore them; * Joseph was J sold for a slav,e. _

They humbled his feet with fet-ters t his life was spent in T i-rons, * un-til his

1 word came to pass. _ ~ _

The oracle of the Lord prov-ed him; t the King sent and T loos-ed hi m, * even

the Ruler of the people, ij)1d J, re-leas-ed him.

He made him Lor_!i of T his house,::£< and ruler over all J, i.!is sub-stance,

To instruct his prin-ces T as him-self, * and -to teach his EI- t ders Wis-dom. Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, *. and to t the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- t ges, A-men .

..

% Psalm 104.- VV. 22 - 44.-

Then the 2nd Cantor alone/chants the first half of the first verse of the Znd portion of the 4th Psalm, using the same Tone, induding the imonaiion notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

And Isra-el went in-to T E-gypt, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire completes the_ verse:

and Jacob sojourned in 1 the land of Ham.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next ver Sf! (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

~nd He increased His peo-ple i great-ly, * and made them stronger than t their en-em-ies.

He turned their heart to hate His i peo-ple, :6: to deal craftily with I His ser-vants.

He sent forth Mo-ses His T ser-vant, * Aaron whom He had cho- t sen for

Him-self. .

He set in them the words i of His signs, * and of His marvels in 1 the land of Ham. .He sent forth dark-ness and T made it dark, * for they were em-bit-ter'd

t a-gainst His words.

He turned their wa-ters T in-to blood- * and t He slew their fish. '

Their land i teem'd with frogs, * even unto the secret cham- J, bers Of their kings. . He spake, and the J dog-fll' dime, * and gnats ln all t their bor-ddrs.

He gave them i hail fQr rain, :£< flaming fi- 1 re in their land.

And He smote their vines and their T fig trees, * and brake every tree of t their bor-der.

He spake, and the T lo-cust came, * and the caterpillar, and that with- 1 out num-ber,

And devoured all the grass in T their land,:6: and devoured all the t fruit Of their land.

And He smote every first-born of i their land, * the firstlings of all 1 their la-bour.

And He led them out with sil-ver i and gOld, * and there was not among their tribes one man that J., was fee-ble.

Egypt was glad when they de- i par-ted, * for fear of them had fal-le!l J, up-on th~m. ~ He spread out a Cloud for a shel-ter i to them, * and a Fire to give J., them light

by night. ,

.They made re-quest and the i quail came, * and with the bread of Heav-en

t He fill-ed them. ,

He clave the rock and the l' wat-ers f'low'd; * in waterless pla- t ces riv-ers ran. For He re-mern-ber'd His T Ho-ly Word * which He spake unto Abra-ham I Hls ser-vant.

And He led forth His people with re- T joic-ing * and His chosen ones t with glad-ness.

And He gave unto them the lands of the T heath-en, :£< and the labours of

peoples they J., in-her-it-ed, ,

That they might keep His i sta-tutes, * and might seek af'- t ter His law. Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, * and to J., the Ho-Iy Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages, of a- J, ges. A-men.

263 I Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 263

Then, All repeat I' 1!Ii I I'!I ::I I •• = !Ii I I I~I I.

the 1 st Antiphon.' A Vir-gin in the Word con-ceiv-ed; a Vir-gin she re-main-ed;

I "'.'IIII!; ~ II I

as a Vir-gin she bare' the King of all kings.

The Versicle and the Lord's Prayer

~ I~~~I~~I~I~~~I§I~~I~~~I~~~~~~~~~I~~~~~~~

Then the 1st Cantor alone =I .. j ••• ., II

chants the Versicle. y. Bless-ed art thou a-mong wo

I. I I. I I I I

The Versicle's Response

men.

I~"'.'." 111

is chanted by su I¥.

And Bless-ed is the Fruit of thy . I

womb.

Then the Abbot (or Senior in/Quire) alone

I

I

I

chants the beginning of the Lord's Prayer: < y. Our Fath-er.

and then, as prescribed by St. Benedict, this is continued totally in silence:

Who art in Heaven, Hallowed be Thy Name. Thy Kingdom come, Thy Will be Done, on Earth, as It is in Heaven. Give us this day our daily bread; and forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive

those that trespass against us. ~

'I

~'

Until the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone

I I

I

I I I I I



• II ~

resumes the chant of the prayer with the words' y. And lead us not in-to temp-ta-tion.

I I I I I I I I I 111

All respond

~. But de-liv-er us from

e- vil.

T here now follow given in the Lectionary following Absolution.

il~'~~'~~'~'~~==~~'==~'~;'=l==~'~'~~'~==~'~'~;'==~~;=~i

= I I I I II All

The Lessons and Responsories

three Lessons each followed by a single Responsory, which are 'Iii

in the Proper The Hebdomadary alone J first chants the

I

Our help is in the Name of the Lord, Who hath made Heav-en and the Earth. respond I¥. A-men.

. I I • I I. 111

Before each Lesson the 1st Cantor alone. I

requests a blessing as follows: y. Lord, grant a bless-ing.

Then the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone chants in response one of the Blessings

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 111M All I; I 111

y. May the pi-ous one with Off-spring, + the Vir-gin Mar-y, bless us. respond: I¥. A-men.

The 1st Cantor alone chants the 1st Lesson with this Tone:

- --

I I III • I B 1'1 I II. I •• ' 0 I I I I •• 10• 11

The 1st Cantor alone concludes the 1st Lesson with the following.

I I I I' .' I I I I I 111 All ~I ~~~I~~§I~I~~.~

But Thou, 0 Lord, have mer-cy up-on us. respond: I¥. Thanks be to God.

The Hebdomadary alone then begins the chanting of the lst Responsory as given in the Proper. T his is continued by All present J but the 1st Cantor alone chants the V er se attached to the Responsory, which is then followed by the repetition of the refrain portion of the Responsory by All.

264 I Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 264

This sequence of:

1) The Request for Blessing by the 1st Cantor,'

2) The Blessing (from those given below) sung by the Abbot (or Senior in Quire);

3) The chanting of the Lesson by the lst Cantor with the conclusion given above;

4) The reply "Thanks be to God." sung by All,'

5) The beginning of the Responsory by the Hebdomadary;

6) The continuation of the Responsory by All;

7) The Verse of the Responsory chanted by the 1st Cantor; and

8) The repetitiotr o] the refrain of the Responsory by All,

are observed for each of the 2nd J and 3rd Lessons and Responsories.

After the completion of the 3th Responsory there is added:

1) The l st Cantor alone chants "Glory be to the Father, and to the If- Son, and to the Holy Ghost." in the same tone as the Verse of the 3th Responsory; and

2) A second repetition of the refrain of the 3th Responosory by All. <

.. .

/

This concludes the l st Nocturn of the Night Vigils.

(The Abbot may choose from these blessings:

1. From our sins If- may the Mother of -piety cleanse us.

2. Mary, Star of the sea, If- come to aid us, most pious one.

3. Dear parent of Christ, If- appease with prayer Him Whom thou dldst bear.

4. 0 Mother of the Messiah, If- may the shadow of Wisdom be cast over us.

5. Altar of the Messiah, If- may He admonish us with the sweetness of Mary.

6. Intercede for us, If- 0 pious Virgin Mary.

7. Be thou mindful of the mindful, If- 0 gentle Queen of the Heavens.

8. Cleanse the wounds of our faults, If- 0 glory of all ladies.

9. 0 Thou that didst bear Christ, If- protect this congregation.

10. Today may the blessed Virgin born If- blessus.

11. 0 gate of joy, If- may there be to us a sharing of the Virgin.)

)1

r

-

• s

(If there is read a Homily on the Gospel from the Fathers, the following

Blessing is given for the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) for the 1st Lesson. J

1. Make the Gospel If- to be advantageous to us, 0 Mary.)

265 Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 265

THE SECOND NOCTURN

The Psalms

Four Psalms are then chanted for the Second Nocturn , as follows:

Then the 1st Cantor alone

begins chanting the 2nd Antiphon: Bless-ed is the womb.

On all Doubles, or if it be the ~1~~I~~I~~~~"'~h~'~~'~~~~I!I~~~t~~'g

custom of the place, All respond: That bare Thee, 0 Christ; and bless-ed

~~'~~~~~'.~~'~~~~I ~'~~~~~~.~~-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

r:!!:" • CI. • ~

"... ..

,,.. ,.. ,

,

,

are

the

/

paps that gave Thee to

nurse,

the Lord and Sa-viour of

,. • ~ I' • • II • " d ;i

the (before Septudgesima only.] world, al-Ie-Iu-ya. (but after Septuagesima: world.) I

, t l' . I A =I< J., ~ ~ A /'

Tone 8 I (, ' ') "'. ( , 8 , I) "'. _, '", I ' , , '" , " ,'~'" II ~

Psalm 105: vv. 1 - 31:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st portion of the 5th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): o give thanks unto the Lord, for i He is Good; =I<

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: ...

for His mercy en-dur- ~ eth for ev-er.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side o], the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

_ Who shall telT of the mighty acts i of the Lord, =I< who shall make all His

prais- 1 es to be heard? '<i'

Bless-ed are they that keep i judg-ment, =I< and do righteous- 1 ness at all times. Remember us, 0 Lord, in Thy favour fOr Thy i peo-pJe; c* visit us with t Thy sal-va-OOn, That we may see it in the goodness of Thy cho-sen, t that we may be glad in

the gladness Of TID' i na-tion, * that we may glory with ~ Thine in-her-it-ance.

, We have sinn'd with our i fath-ers; * we have done iniquity, we have t done

un-righ-teous-ness. ,

Our fathers in Egypt under-stood not Thy i won-ders, =I< and they remembered

not the multi-tiide 1 of Thy mer-cy. .

And they embittered Thee as they T went up =I< 1 by the Red Sea;

_ And He saved them for His i Name's sake, * that He might make known His

t might-y pow-er. I

And He rebuked the Red Sea, and it was i dri-ed up, =I< and He led them into

the deep as t in a wil-der-ness. _

And He saved them f'romthe hand of him that i ha-ted them, * and redeemed

them from the 1 hand of en-em-ies.

The waters covered their op- T pres-sors, =I< not t one of th~m was left. And they be- lliev'd His Word- =I< t and they sang His praise.

They made haste, they f'or- I got His, works; =I< they awaited 1 not His coun-sel. And they desired a desire in the T wil-der-ness, =I< and made trial of God in the

J, wat-er-less place. ,

And He gave them T their re-quest, =I< and sent forth fiil- ~ ness in-to their souls. And they provoked Mo-ses T in the camp, =I< and Aaron the ho- ~ Iy one of the Lord. The Earth opened and swal-Iow'd up 'l' Da-than, * and covered over the

congregation 1 Of Ab-Ir-dn. _ ,

And a fire was kindled in their con-gre- i ga-tion; =I< a flame biirn'd 1 up the sin-pers, And they made a calf in i Hor-eb, =I< and they wor- 1 shlpp'd the gra-ven thing. And they changed His T Glor-y =I< into the likeness of a 1 calf that eat-eth grass. And they_forgot God Who had sa-ved them t Who had done great things in

Egypt, wonders in the i land of Ham, =I< terrible things t at the Red Sea.

I j 11_IiiIII[II' -=-=---------------------------,

266 Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 266

Tone 8 I [0 0 °l '" [0: 0 til'" 0 t i , ~ i 0 0 0 '" 0 0 0 ' : 0 i-; ; II j

And He said that !Ie would de- T stroy them * had not Moses His chosen stood in the J breach be-fore Him,

To turn away His wrath, lest He should des- i troy them; * ~and they set at

nought the de- J si-ra-ble I~nd. ,.

They believed not, His Word, t and they mur-mur-red T in their tents; * they

hearkened not unto the ~ Voice of the Lord. ~

, And He lifted up His Hand a- T galnst them, * to cast them down J in the

wil-der-ness, ' , ,

To cast down their seed a-mong the l na-tions, lie and to scat- ~ ter them in the hinds. And they were made initi-ates of i Baal-pheg-dr, * and ate the sacri- ~ fi -ces

Of the dead.> . .'

... A_nd they provoked Him with their in- i ven-tions, * and destruction was

multl-pll- ~ ed a-mong them. /'

And Phine-as stood up and made ap- i pease-ment, * and the ~ plague a-ba-ted. And it was counted unto him for i righ-teous-ness, '* unto generation and 'I

gener-a- ~ tion for e,;,-er-more. 1,'

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the. I{oI Son, * and ~ to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, lie and unto the ages 0" J. a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 105: vv. 32 - 47.-

Then 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd portion of the 5th Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within t~ first set of brackets therein):

And they pro-vok-ed Him at the water of gain-say-ing t and, Moses suffered hurt for i their sakes; '*

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q[ the Quirecomp[etes the verse: , A for they em-bit- J. ter'd his spir-it.

And then, Qnly .. fhe 1st Cantor's side Q[ the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: 1;;,;

And he gave judg-ment T with his lips; lie they did not destroy the heathen, concerning which the Lord had J spo-ken to them.

They mingled among the na-tions, t and learned their works, and they serv-ed their i gra-ven things, ~ and it became for ~ them a stum-bling-block.

And they sacri-fi-ced i their sons * and their daughters ~ un-to de-mons.

And they poured out inno-cent blood t _the blood of their sons and

i daugh-ters, * whom they sacrificed to the graven ~ things of Ca-na-an. _

, And the land was befouled with the blood of mur-der, t and it was de-f'i-Ied T with their works, * and they went a whoring with their ~ own in-ven-tions.

And with anger was the Lord Wroth a-gainst His i peo-ple, lie and He ab-horr'd

J. His in-her-it-ance. _

And He gave them into the hands of T en-em-ies, * and they that hated them

~ were lords o-ver them. ,

And their enemies af-flict-ed them, t and they were humbled un-der i their

hands; * many times ~ He de-llv-er'd them. _

But, they embittered Him with their i coun-sel, =I< and they were humbled in

t their in-i-quit-ies. ,

_ And the Lord saw when they were in af- T f'lic-tlen * when He hearkened unto their ~ sup-plic-a-tion.

And He re-mem-ber'd His i Cov-en-ant * and repented according to the

multi-tude J. of His mer-cj, , "

And He caused them to be i pit-i-ed * in the sight of aU that had ta- J ken them cap-tive. Save us, 0 i Lord Our God, * and gather us from a- J mdng the nfo-tions, " That we may con-fess Thy i Ho-ly Name, * that we may ~ glor-y in Tpy praise. Bless-ed is the Lord God of Isra-el; from everlasting to ev-er- T las-ting; * and

all the peoples shall say: "So be ~ it, so be it."

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the I{oI Son, * and J to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As,it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, =I< and unto the ages' of t a-ges. A-men.

267 Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 267

,t 1', A* J,~

Tone 8 I (. • .] ••• [. 8 • I] •••• • 8 • I • • • ••• • • •

Psalm 106: vv. 1 - 24:

Then 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst portion of the 6th Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): o give thanks unte the Lord, for 1'. He is Good; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

for His mercy en-dur- ~ eth for ev-er.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

~~ So let them say that have been redeemed' by the' Lord t whom He hath

redeemed from the hand of the .. )' "en-em-y; * from the lands J.. hath He gath-er'd them.

From the east, i from the west, * from the ~ north, and from the sea.

They wandered in the wilderness, in a 'Yat-er- i less land; * they found not the

path to a city of ~ hab-it-~-tiOll. _, Ii

Hiing'ring andT thirs-ting * their soul with- ~ in them fain-ted.

And they cried unto the Lord in' their af- i flIe-tion, * and out of their

distresses ~ He de-IIv-er'd them. ,_ I

And He guided them in-to the T right way * that they might go to a city for J.. hab-it-a-tion.

Let them give thanks unto the Lord for His T mer-cies, * and for His wondrous works J.. for the sons of men.

For He satis-fi-ed the T emp-ty soul, * and the hungry soul bath He fill- J.. ed with good things.

As for them that sit in darkness and the shad-ow T Of death, * fettered with

beggar- ~ y and ir-0E; '.'

Because they were embittered against the say-ings T of God * and provoked the

counsel J.. Of the Most High, ~

Yea, with labours was their i heart brought low; * they waxed feeble, and

~ there was none to help. _ ,

And they cried unto the Lord in their af'- f'lic-tion, * and out of their dis-tress- ~ es He sa-ved them.

And He brought them out of darkness and the shad-ow T Of death, * and their

bonds He ~ brake as-un-der. .

Let them give thanks unto the Lord for His i mer-des, :I: and for His wondrous works ~ for the sons of men.

For He shat-ter'd the T gates of brass, :I: and brake the J.. bars of ir-on.

He helped them out of the way of their T law-less-ness, * for on account of their iniquities had ~ they been brought low.

All food did their T soul ab-hor, * and they drew nigh even un- J.. to the gates of death.

And they cried unto the Lord in their af'- T flIc-tiOn, * and out of their dis-tress- ~ es He sa-ved them.

He sent forth His Word and He i heal-ed them, * and He delivered them from

J.. their cor-rup-tion. ~

Let them give thanks unto the Lord for His T mer-cies, * and for His wondrous works J.. for the sons of men.

And let them sacrifice to Him a sac-ri- i fice of praise, * and let them proclaim

His works ~ with re- jolc-ing.

They that go down to the i sea in ships, * doing their work in ~ ,man-y wat-ers, These have seen the works T Of the Lord, * and His J.. won-ders in the deep. Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the It Son, * and ~ to the, Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages' of J.. a-ges. A-men.

,

......-.. A

• • ••

• II~

268 Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 268

Tone 8 I [0 0 °l '" [': 0 til'" 0 'i " oj 0 0 0 '" 0 0 0 ' : 0 ;--; ; II j

Psalm 106: vv. 25 - 43_-

Then 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd portion of the 6th Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

He spake, and a ,!ind of tern-pest i a-rose, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: ,

- and the waves there- J Of were lif-ted up.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

They mount as high as the Heavens, and they go down in-to the

ab- T yss-es; * their soul was melt- 1 ed with e-vils. _

~~ _ They were troubled, and they reel'd like one i drunk-en, :I: and all their

wis- 1 dom was swal-Iow'd up;' _ ,

And they cried unto the Lord in their af'- T f'llc-tlon, * and out of their

dis-tress- J es He brought them. '

And He commanded the tempest, and it was calm-ed in-- i to a breeze, '" and the waves there- 1 of fell si-lent,

And they were glad, be-cause they were i qui-et, * and He guided them to the /1 ha- 1 ven of His Will.

Let them give thanks unto the Lord for His T mer-cies, * and for His wondrous works 1 for the sons of men.

Let them exalt Hln; in the assembly of the T peo-ple * and in the seat of the

elders 1 let them praise Him. , _

, He turned rivers in-to a i wil-der-ness, '" and the coursings of waters in- 1 to a

thirs-ting land, _ '

A fruitful land in-to i salt-i-ness '" for the wickedness of 1 them that dwell there-in.

He turned a wilderness into pools of T wat-ers, '" and a parched land into

1 streams of wat-er: .

And He made the hung-ry to i dwell there-in, * and they established cities for

1 hab-lt-a-tidn, , ,

, And they sowed fields and plant-ed i vine-yards, '" .and they made 1 fruits of

. ....

in-crease.

And He blessed them and they were mul-ti-plied i great-ly, '" and He diminished not the number 1 Of their cat-tie.

And a-gain they be- i came few, :« and were brought low by aff'lictlon, e- 1 viis

and sor-rows. ,.

Contempt was pour-ed out up-on their i princ-es, * and He caused them to

wander in a land untrodden, where 1 there is no way. _

, And He helped the poor man out of his i pov-er-ty, '" and made his 1 kin-dred

like a flock.

The upright shall see it and i shall be glad, :« and all iniquit- 1 y shall stop its

mouth. _ ~

Who is wise and will T keep these things, '" and will understand the 1 mer-cies of the Lord?

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the Ii Son, '" and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost. As jt was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 107:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 7th Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within ,the first set of brackets therein):

Read-y is my heart, 0 God, read-y i is my heart; '"

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

I will sing and chant 1 in my glor-Y.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Awake, 0 my glory; awake, 0 psal-ter-y i and harp; '" I my-self J will a-wake at dawn.

269 Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 269

. t t, A*

Tone 8 I ( ••• ] ... (. 81 I] .... • 8 • I

• • • ••• •

• •

,

_ A

• • ••

. ,,~

I will confess Thee among the peo-ples, l' 6 Lord; * I will chant unto Thee a- t mong the na-tions.

For great above the Heavens is Thy i mer-cy, * and even unto the t clouds is

Thy Truth. .

Be Thou Exalted "above the heavens, q God t and Thy Glory a-bove T all the Earth; ~ that Thy belov-ed ones may 1 be de-ll v-er-ed,

Save Thou with Thy Right Hand, and heark-en i un-to me;, * God hath spoken in His t Sanc-tu-ar-y:

"I will be Exalted, and I win div-ide T Sik-im-a * and the vale of. tabernacles t will I meas-ure out.

~ "Mine is Galaad, and Mine is Man- i as-ses; * and Ephraim is the

pro- 1 tec-tion Of My Head. ""

Ju-da T is My king; * Moab is the 1 caul-dron Of My hope.

Upon Idumai-a will I stretch i out My shoe; * the foreign tribes have been /1

sub- 1 jec-ted un-to Me. I

__ Who will bring me into a for-tif-ied T cit-y? * Or who will lead me into

t Id-u-rme-a? _ I'

Wilt Thou not, 0 God, Who hast i spur-ned fis? * And wilt Thou not, 0 God,

go forth 1 with our for-ces? ,

Give us help from af- i f'llc-tldn, * for vain is the sal- 1 va-tlon Of man.

!n God we shall work T might-y deeds, * and He will bring to 1 nought our en-em-ies.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the It Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As)t was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of t a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 108:

J'i'

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 8th Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

o God, my praise do not pass o-ver in T si-lence, *.

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

for the mouth of the sinner and the mouth of the deceitful man are 0- 1 pen'd a-gainst me.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

They have spoken against me with a de-ceit-ful tongue; t and with words of hatred have they en- T com-pass'd me; * and they have warred a-gainst 1 me with-out a cause.

In return for my love, they have f'alse-ly ac- T cu-sed me; * but as for me, I

1 gave my-self to prayer.

And they rep_aid me e-vil T f<ir good, * and 1 ha-tred for my ldve, I

Set Thou a sin-ner i o-ver him, * and let the devil stand t at his right hand. WhAen he is judged, let him go i forth con-demn'd; * and let his 1 prayer

be-come si n.

Let his T <!ays be few, * and his bishopric 1 let al!-oth-et; take. Let his chil-dren be i fath-er-Iess, * and his 1 wife a wid-ow.

Let his children be vagabonds without a dwelling-place, and T let them beg; * let them be cast out from their 1 ru-in'd dwell-ings.

Let his creditor search out all his i sub-stance, * and let strangers plunder 1 all his la-bours.

, Let there be for him no i help-er, * nor anyone to pity his f'ath- t er-Iess

chil-dren.

Let his children be given over to ut-ter des- t true-non; * in a single generation let his t name be blot-ted out.

I )11 IIU --=------------------------------~

270 Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 270

,t 1', A* i s :.--."

Tone 8 (continued) ~I ~~ •• ~·~[~·~B ;.~I]g.~.~. ~.~~.~B ~·~I ~.~.~.~. ·~·~·~·~·~~.~·~·~·~·~I~I ~

Let the iniquity of his fathers be re-mem-ber'd be- l' fore the Lord, * and let

not the sin of his moth- J, er be blot-ted oilt. ,

Let them be before the Lord continu-al-ly, t and let the memory of them per-ish from i off the Earth; * because he remembered not J, to show mer-cy,

And persecuted a man that was poor and - a i beg-gar, * and' one broken in heart, that J, he might slay him.

And he loved cursing, and it shall come up- i on him; * and he delighted not in blessing, and it J, shall be far from him .

..

"" And he put on cursing like a gar-ment; t and it went' in like wat-er in- l' to his

bowels, * and like t oil in-to his bones.

Let it be for him like a garment where-with he is l' c1oth-ed, * and like a girdle wherewith continual-ly J, he is gird-ed.

This is the dealing of the Lord with them that l' slan-der me, * and with them "

that speak evil t things a-gainst my sotil. I

But Thou, 0 Lord, 0 Lord, deal Thou with me for Thy T Name'..s sake; * for Thy J, mer-cy is good.

Deliver me, for a poor man am I and a l' pau-per, * and my heart is troiibl- J, ed with-in mil.

Like a shadow when it declineth am Ita-ken i a-way; * I a~ shaken off J, as the lo-cfists.

My knees are grown weak through i fast-iog, * and my flesh is chang- J, ed for want of oil.

And I am be~me a re-proach i un-to them; * they saw J, me and wagg'd their, heads.

,

Help me, 0 i Lord My God; * and save me according J, to Thy mer-cy,

And let them know that This is i Thy Hand; * arid that Thou, 0 t Lord, hast wrought it.

They will curse, and Thou wilt bless; t let them that rise up a-gainst me be i put to shame; * but Thy J, ser-vant shall be glad.

Let them that slander me be cldth'd with con- i fu-sion, * and let them be covered with shame as J, with a man-tie.

I will greatly praise the Lord l' with my mouth, * and in the midst of many J, win I praise Him.

For He hath stood at the right hand l' of the poor, * to save my soul from them that J, per-sec-ute me.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and l' to the + Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and l' ev-er, * and unto the ages of J, a-ges. A.-men.

Then, All repeat

I · !Ii !Ii.





I

I

t · ~

the 2nd Antiphon:

I· ,....,... '-I

Bless-ed is the womb that bare Thee, 0 Christ; and bless-ed

• ~ ~!Ii; ;ij

are the

paps that gave Thee to nurse, the Lord and Sa-viour of

I

~ ~. • ~ I • ." • II ~

the (before Septuagesima only) world, al-le-Iu-ya. (but after Septuagesima: world.)

271 Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 271

The Chapter

Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the Chapter as follows:

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 4

_ I 1

I

I

Through thee, 0 Bear-er of God, hath our lost life been giv-en to us; t thou

I I I I 1 I I 1 1 I I I I I I I 1

that didst re-ceive Thine Off-spring from Heav-en, * and didst bring forth to the

I - I

I I" 1

1 ~ II j ., 1 I ;" ij

world the Sa-viour.

All respond:~. Thanks be to God.

The Versicle

..

chants the Versicle: Yt. As a cho-sen myrrh. I

I 0

I:~~I§I§~I§~I~~I~~~I~I~~I~~I ~~1§~1~~1~~1~1~1~1~1\~~~.~~~11'

The Versicle's Response= !:! -.111 II I

is chanted by All: ~. Thou hast giv-en f~ the o--dour of sweet-ness, 0 Bear-er of God. /'

The Litany and The Lord's Prayer

The Hebdomadary

o 1 1 1 I I I III~

alone chants: Yt. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

Only the 1st Cantor's side b 1 I 1 1 I I 'If

Qj_ the Quire continuesi-~' Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son,

.& is 11

Only the 1st Cantor's side 1 1 1 1 I"

Qj_ the Quire continues: I¥.Chris-te el-e-y-son. Only the 1st Cantor's side b 1 I 1 1 1 1111

g1 the Quire continues: I¥.Chris-te el-e-y-son. Only the 1st Cantor's side b' I 1 1 I I '11ij g1 the Quire continues: I¥. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

Then the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone

Only the 2nd Cantor's side b 1 ••• 1 I 'If ei: the Quire continues: ~. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son,

. b I 111

Only the 2nd Cantor's side I 1 I 1 I,

,

ei: the Quire continues: ~. Chris-te el-e-y-son,

" 0 1 1

Only the 2nd Cantor's side 1 1 I • 1 III

ei. the Quire continues: ~. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

All b -I I ~ 1\ 1 I ~ '. II~

conclude: ~. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

~I §I ~I~. 3[111

chants the beginning of the Lord's Prayer: Y/. Our Fath-er.

and then, as prescribed by St. Benedict, this is continued totally in silence:

Who art in Heaven, Hallowed be Thy Name. Thy Kingdom come, Thy Will be Done, on Earth, as It is in Heaven. Give us this day our daily bread; and forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive those that trespass against us.

Until the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone

I

1





• •

• •

1

• 111

resumes the chant of the prayer with the words: Yt. And lead us not in-to temp-ta-tion.

a·· • •• 1 I. 111

All respond:

~. But de-liv-er us from

e- vii.

The Collect and the Conclusion

272 I Night Vigils (Matins) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 272 The Hebdomadary alone then chants the following Collect according to this Tone:

I I ~ II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1

y. Let us pray. Vouch-safe, we be-seech Thee, 0 Mer-ci-ful God, pro-tec-tion

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1

for our frail-ness, that we, who ven-er-ate the mem-or-y of the ho-ly Bear-er of

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1

God and Vir-gin, may, by the aid of her in-ter-ces-sion, .rise up from our
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I • I
/
in-i-q uit-ies. • Through the Same Our Lord Je-sus Christ, Thy Son, Who liv-eth
'10.1 I I I I I I II I I • I I I I • I I 1
I and reign-eth with Thee in the U-nit-y of the Ho-ly Ghost, God, through all the

I I I I I I ,,~ All I ~ I II ij ,

a-ges of a-ges.

respond: W. A-men.

And so is concluded the NightYigils of the Holy Theotokos [or- Saturday in Christmastide according to the Sorum Monastic Use and the Rule of St. Benedict. The Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of Saturday follows herewith.

But only U the Morning Solemnity (Lauds) is not to follow immediately, the following is here added:

If the H ebdomadary is a Priest or I I I ~ ...

All

I .

I

a Deacon, he chants alone: y. The Lord be with you. respond: W. And with thy spir-it. (But if not, o~ if <sr:;hanted without anyone else present, then, in place of the above, t,

I I ~ ... • II~

Hebdomadary I All 'Iii

alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond: W. And let my cry come un-to Thee.)

I Then the following is chanted

. , ...• ["

I

by the 2nd Cantor alone:

Then the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) adds:

. Let us bless the Lord. respond: W. Thanks be to God.

. May the Div-ine It Help re-main with us al-ways,

respond:

W. And with our ab-sent breth-ren. A - men.

And so is concluded the Night Vigils for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide according to the S arum Monastic Use and the Rule of St. Benedict.

I f the Rule of St. Benedict is observed so as to provide that the Monks or Nuns would be in the fields during the hours from Terce through None, the Matins Mass or Missa Sicca for this day, i.e., the Divine Liturgy of the Holy Sacrifice of the Mass as given to us by our Father among the Saints, St. Gregory the Great, the Dialogist, Pope of Old Rome, as preserved at Old Sarum , may here follow immediately in Quire.

+

273 I Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Thootokos on Saturdays in Ouistrnastide I 273

MORNING SOLEMNITY (LAUDS) FOR THE HOLY THEOTOKOS

ON SA TURDA YS IN CHRISTMASTIDE

(from after the Octave Day of Epiphany, Jan. 13 / 26, until the Purification, Feb. 2 /15)

I

II

II II II II

II II II

II

II

The Hebdomadary alone chants: y. 0 God, It be At-ten-tive-un-to help-ing me.

I II II II .. II II II" II II II

• Ail respond:

.~.

o Lord, make haste to help me. Glor- y be

II 1 II II II II II ~

. II

II

II

II

II

I II

II

II II II

II

II

to the Fath- er, and to the Son, It and to the Ho- Iy Ghost. As it was in the

I II II II II II II II II I II II II II II II II II II • II 111 ~l

be- gin- ning, both now and ev-:-_ er, and un- to the a- ges of a- ges. A- men. I,

I ·

II

But, only during the Season of S eptuagesima ,

in place ei. "Alleluya," here add:

Outside the Season of S eptuagesima , here add:

I ·

• •



II

. ,

II

II •

II



'II ~

AI- le- lu- ya.

Praise be to Thee, 0 Lord, King of E- ter- nal Glor- y.

The Waiting Psalm-Psalm 66

Psalm 66 ~s th~ chanted while any late-comers may still enter the Quire, as [ollows.,

... t J,~ , A * '".A

T one I ndirectum I • II [. 8 II '] ••• '. • (;l • 1 • • II. • • • (;lSi

Psalm 66:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the Psalm verse, using this Tone:

God be Gra-cious unto ~ us and bless us, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the ver;e:

and cause His Face to shine upon us, and have mer-cy on u's,

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse, the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

That we may know up- ~ on the Earth Thy way, * among all the nations Thy sal-va-tion.

Let the peoples ~ give Thee praise, 0 God; * let all the peo-ples praise TheiL

Let the nations be glad and re- joice, t for Thou shalt judge peoples ~ with up-right-ness; * and nations shalt Thou guide up-on the Earth.

Let the peoples give Thee praise, 0 God, t let all the ~ peo-ples praise Thee; * the Earth hath yield-ed her fruit.

Let God, Our God, bless us; ~ let God bless us, * and let all the ends Of the Earth fear Hfm.

Glory be to the Fath- ~ er, and to the It Son, * and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both 1 now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of a-ges.

A-men.

The Psalms

274 Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Ouistmastide 274

Then the 1st Cantor alone

begins chanting the lst Antiphon: 0 won-drous in-ter-changer

On all Doubles, or if it be the ~b~~.~~~.~.~~.~!:I~~ ... ~~.~~I~.~~.~~.~~~~·.~~.~I

custom of the place, All respond:

6. 1

• • • •

The Cre-a-tor of man-kind, Ta-klng up-on Him









a Liv-ing Bod-y, vouch-sa-fed to be

6



1 I =







1

• • • II ~

car-nal wise, hath made us par-ta-kers of His Div-in-it-y.

~ ... t J..'VA*

Tone 6 I [. 1 .] ••• [. O'/'I I] •••• I· I • • • ••• • •• .:1... II ij

Psalm 50: J

',I

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the I st Psalm verse, r

using this Tone, including the inionation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}: 1

Have mer-cy on me, ~ 0 God, * - I,

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Qj_-the Quire completes the verse:

. according to ~ Thy great mer-cy,

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

And according to the multitude of Thy com- J pas-sions * blot out ~ my

trans-gres-sion. _, A

Wash me thoroughly,from mine ln-l- ~ quit-y, * and cleanse J me from my sin. For I know mine in-i- J quit-j , * and my sin is ev- J -er be-fore md.

Against Thee only have I sinned, and done this e-vil be- ~ fore Thee, * that Thou mightest be Justified in Thy words, and pre- ..L vail when Thou art Judged.

For behold, I .. was con-ceived in in-i- ~ quit-ies, * and in sins did my J moth-er

bear me. ~

For be-hold, Thou hast lov- J ed Truth; * the hidden and secret things of Thy Wisdom hast Thou made man- ~ i-fest un-to me.

Thou shalt sprinkle me with_ hyssop, and i shall be J made clean; * Thou shalt wash me, and I shall be made 1- whi-ter than snow.

Thou shalt make m~ to hear joy and ~ glad-ness; * the bones that be

hum- J bled, they shall re- joice. A , , A

Turn Thy Face a-way from 1- my sins; * and blot out all J mine in-I-quit-Ies, Create in me a clean heart, J, 0 God; * and renew a right spir- J, it with-in !!lit Cast me not a-way from Thy ~ Pres-ence, * and take not Thy Holy ~ Spir-it

from me.

_ Restore unto me the joy of Thy sal- J, va-tlon, * and with Thy Governing

Spir- ~ it es-tab-lish me.

I shall teach trans-gress-ors ~ Thy ways, * and the ungodly shall 1- turn back un-to Thee.

Deliver me_from blood-guiltiness, 0 God, Thou God of my sal- ~ va-tlon: * my tongue shall re- joice ~ in Thy rlgh-teous-ness.

A 0 Lord, Thou shalt o-pen J my lips, * and my mouth J shall de-clare Thy

praise. _ , A

For if Thou hadst desired sacrifice, I had giv- 1- en it; * with whole-burnt

offerings J, Thou shalt not be Pleased. , A

A sacrifice unto God A is a bro-ken 1- spir-it; * a heart that is broken and humbled 1- God will not de-spise.

Do good, 0 Lord, in Thy good pleasure un-to J Sy-on; * and let the walls of Jerusa- I lem be bulld-ed.

Then shalt Thou be Pleased with a sacrifice of righteousness, with pblatlon and whole-burnt Of- 1- fer-ings * then shall they offer bullocks up- ~ on Thine AI-tar.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to ~ the'" Son, * and J to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As,it was in the beginning, both now and 1- ev-er, * and unto the ages' of 1- a-ges. A-men.

,

__ A

275 Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide 275

, t

Tone 6 ~II[~'~'~'~]~'~"~[~'~D~'~']~'~·~·~·~'~·~I~·~·~·~·~·;·~·~·~·~.~;~·~.~.~II~

Psalm 142:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

o Lord, hear my prayer; t give ear unto my supplic-a-tion in 1 Thy Truth; ,*' Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse; ;

hearken unto rile 1 in Thy righ-teous-ness.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

_ And enter not intq judgment with ,Thy 1 ser-vant, * for in Thy Sight shall no man Ii v- 1 lng be jus-tif-ied.

"" For the enemy hath persec-u ... -ted 1. my soul; * he hath humbled my life 1 down

to the Earth. /

He hath sat me in darkness as those that have been long dead; t and my spirit

within me is be-come des- 1 pen-dent; '* within me my 1 heart is troubl-ed. ,

I remembered days Of old, t I medit-a-ted on all 1 Thy works; * I ponder-ed ;!

on the cre-a- 1 lions of Thy Hands. .

I stretched forth my hands tin- 1 to Thee; '* mv soul thirsteth after Thee like a

" ... ~ /,

t wa-ter-less land. _

Quickly hear me, 16 Lord; '* my spirit hath 1 faint-ed a-way. ~

Tum not Thy Face a-way 1 from me, '* lest I be like unto them that go 1 down

in-to the pi t. _ ~

Cause me to hear Thy mercy in the 1 morn-ing, '* ,for in Thee 1 have I put my hope. Cause me to know 0 Lord, the way where-in I 1 should walk, '* for unto Thee have I .l Iif-fed up my soul.

Rescue me from mine enemies, 0 Lord; unto Thee have I fled for 1 ref-uge; '* teach me to do Thy Will, 1 for Thou art My G9d.

Thy Good Spirit shall lead me in the land of up- 1 right-ness; * for Thy Name's

sake, 0 Lord, 1 ,shal~Thou quick-en me. ,,'

In Thy righteousness shalt Thou bring my souJ out of af'- 1 f'lic-tlon, '" and in ~

Thy mercy shalt Thou utterly des- 1 troy mine en-el1l,,-ies. _

And Thou shalt cut off all them that af-flict 1 my soul, * for I 1 am Thy ser-vant.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the It Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Canticle of Moses (J) (Deut . 32: 1 - 24):

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st portion of the 1st Canticle, using the same Tone, induding the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

At-tend, 0 Heaven, and 11 will speak, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

and the Earth hear 1 the words Of my mouth.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: "

Let my instruction be awaited 1 like rain, '* and let my words 1 come down like the dew,

Like a shower upon the ten-der grass, t like snow upon the 1 green herb. '* For I have call-ed up-on 1 the Name Of the Lord.

Render Majesty unto Our God. t As for God, His works 1 are true, * and all

His 1 ways are jtidg-ments, "

God is Faithful, and there is no unrighteousness in Him; Righteous and Holy is 1 the Lord. * They have sinned; blameworthy chil- 1 dren are not His.

o generation crooked and 1 per-verse, '* are these the recompenses ye pay to the Lord, this is a people fool- 1 ish and not wise;

Did not He Him-self, Thy t Fath-er, * take thee for His Own, and make 1 thee, and fa-shion thee?

Re-mem-ber the days 1 of Old, * consider now the years of generations ind 1 gen-er-a-tions.

111'1111 ... 1.11_. -=--= ====-------,

276 Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Ouistmastide 276

, t .J, v ~ '"

Tone 6 I [. • .) • II [. 0 • I) • II. •• I

•••••••••

. ;

• • • II ~

Ask thy father, and he will declare un- t to thee; * thine Elders, and t they will tell thed.

Wh,en the Most High divided the t na-tions, '" when He scattered abroad the

t sons of A-dam, .

He set the bound'fles of t na-tions: '" according to the number of the ,1. an-gels Of

God. '

And there was made a por-tion for t the Lord, '" Jacob and his people; the line

of His inherit- lance was Is-ra-el. .

He filled him with abundance in the wll- 1 der-ness, '" in the thirsting of heat in

a ,1. wa-ter-Jess lind; ~

~ He led him a-bout and instruc- ,1. ted hi m, * and kept him as the ,1. ap-ple Of

His eve. /

~ As an eagle would sh~lter ,1. his nest * and hath yearn'd 1 for his nurs-lings,

, And spreading his wings hath re- ,1. ceiv'd them, * and hath taken them up- ,1. on

his pin-ions, ;1

So the Lord Avlone lied them, * and there was no strange ,1. god a-mong them. /

_ He brought jhem up on the strength of ,1. the Hind, '" He fed them with the

,1. in-crease of the fields. ," /'

He suckled them with hon-ey from J, a rock, * and with oil out J, of the solid rock, With butter of cows and milk 1 of sheep, * with fat of lambs and rams, of sons

of 1 bulls and he-goatsL _

With the fat of kidneys 1 of wheat; '" and they drank wine, 1 the blood of the grape. And Jacob ate and was filled; and the belov-ed lone kick'd; * he grew fat, he

grew J, thick, he wax-ed broad, ~ .

And he forsook God Who had J, made him, '" and departed from ,1. God His

Sa-viour. .

, "They provok-ed Me with 1 strange gods, '" and with their abomina-tions 1 they

em-bit-ter'd Meo" r' '

They sacrificed to de-mons, and not ,1. to God; '" to gods, ,1. whom thev knew not; New and re-cent gods ,1. were come, '" which their 1 fath-ers knew n6t.

Thou hast abandoned the God J, Who be- t gat thee, '" and hast forgotten J, God

Who f'eed-eth thee. "

And the Lord saw and was J, Jeal-ous, '" and He was provoked by the wrath of His J, sons and daugh-ters.

And He said: "I will turn My Face a-way 1 from them, '" and 1 shall show

what shall come upon them 1 in the last days; _ , , A

For it is a perverse gen-er- ,1. a-tlon; '" sons, in J, yvhom their is no Faith.

"They haye made Me Jealous with ,1. that which is not God, '" they have angered

Me ,1. with their i -dols; _

"And 1 will provoke them to jealousy with that which is no J, na-tion, * with a foolish nation will 1 1 pro- 1 voke them to wrath."

Glory be to the Father, and to 1 the .. Son, '" and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and ,1. ev-er, '" and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Canticle of Moses (II) (Deut. 32: 25 - 49):

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd portion of the lst Canticle, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

"For a fi-re is kindled out of 1 My wrath, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

it shall burn unto neth-I er-most Ha-des.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

"I shall devour them and the land and the in-crease J, there-of; * it shall set on

fire the foundations J, Of the moun-tains. ,

"I will gather evils up- ,1. on them, ~ 1 will perfect Mine ar- J, rows a-gainst them. "They shall melt away in J, fam-ine * and the devouring of birds, the bending down of their backs shall 1 be in-cur-a-ble;

277 Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide 277

... t '!'v~* J,~ ;""'-"A

Tone 6 I [. • .] ... [. 0 • I] .... •• I • • • ... • •• .;... II ij

Teeth of wild beasts shall I send forth a- 1 gatnst them, * along with the wrath of things that 1 creep up-on the Earth.

"From without the sword shall bereave them of children, and out of their inner chambers shall is- 1 sue fear. * The young man shall perish with the maiden, the suckling with hi m I that-long hath been old.

"I said: 'I would scat- 1 ter them, * I would make their memorial to cease

1 from a-mong men, ~

" 'Were it not for the wrath of their en- 1 em-ies, * yea, lest their adversaries should live long and unite to 1 set uP-09 them,

" 'L~st they should say: "Our own high hand, and not 1 the Lord, * i hath done

,.,. all these things." , -

"For it is a nation that hath lost counsel, and jhere is no understanding in the_m; t they have not the wit to understand all 1 these things. * Let them admit it in a

1 ti me that is to come; _

"How shall one man pursue a 1 thou-sand, * and how shall two put to flight /1

1 tens of thou-sands,' _ I

"If God had not yiel-ded 1 them up,'* and the 1 Lord sur-ren-der'd them?"

For their; gods are not as 1 Our God; * and our enemies are void of

1 un-der-stand-ing. . ., ~

For out of the vines of Sodom is 1 their vine, * and their vinebranch lout of

Gom-or-rha; _

Their grape is a grape) of gall, *)t is a cluster of 1 bit-ter-ness to them.

The rage of dra-gons is 1 their wine, * and the incu- 1 ra-ble wrath of asps. "Lo, are not all these things stOrecJ up 1 with j\1e * and sealed a-1 mong My trea-sUres? "In the day of vengeance I will 1 re-quite, * in the moment when 1 their foot

stum-bleth; _, .

"For nigh is the day of their per- 1 dl-tldn. * And the things prepar'd 1 for you are at hand." . ,;-

For the Lord shall judge His 1 pea-pie, * and because of His servants shall t He ~

be Com-for-ted. ,J

For He saw that they were pal-sied, t and had failed in their

in- t va-slon, * and that they t were en-fee-bled. '

And the Lord said: "Wher'l are t their gods * in 1 whom they trus-ted?

"The fat of whose sacrifices t ye ate, * and ye drank the wine of 1 their

ll-ba-tldns?

"Let them a-rise, and let them 1 help you; '* let them i}e t .your pro-tec-tors. "Behold, be-hold 1 1 AM; * and there is no t god be-side Me~

"I will slay, and 1 will make to live; t I will 'smite, and 1 t will heal; * and

there is none who shall deliver t out of My Hands. _

, "For unto Heaven 1 will lift up My Hand, and 1 will swear by My Right Hand

and 1 t will say: * 'I live un- t to e-ter-nit-Y.', ~

"For 1 will sharpen My sword like t light-ning, * and My Hand shall take

1 hold of judg-ment; ~ _

1 will render justice unto mine en- 1 em-ies, * and them that hate Me 1 will 1 rec-om-pense.

"I will make Mine arrows drunk 1 with blood, * and My 1 sword shall feed on flesh, "On the blood of wound- t ed men * and of captivity, from the head of the princes t Of the en-em-y." _

~ (Be glad with Him, 0 ye t Heav-ens, * and let all the angels t of God war-ship

Him.)

Be glad ye nations, with His t pea-pie, '* (and let all the sons of God be

strengthened in Hlm.) for the blood of His 1 sons shall He a-venge, ~

And He shall judge and execute vengeance upon His en- t em-ies; * (and to them that hate Him shall He render their due.) and the Lord shall purify the land t of His pea-pie.

Glory be to the Fath- J, er, and to t the + Son, * and t to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and t ev-er, '* and unto the ages. of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Lfl ..... ==---------------------------------~

278 Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide 278

,t '!'v ... *

Tone 6 I (I I I] II I [I D I I] I II I I I I

,

_ A

I I I III I I I

I ;

I I I II i

Psalms 148, 149, and 150:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the [irst: set of brackets therein):

Praise the Lord from the ~ Heav-ens; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the yerse:

- praise Him ~ in the High-est.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), t~e two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Praise" Him, all ye His ~ Ang-els; * praise ~ Him, all ye His hosts. A

"'" Praise Him, 0 Sun ~ and MOOD; * praise Him, ~ all ye 'stars and light.

Praise Him, ye Heav-en-s of ~ heav-ens; * and thou water that art above the heavens, let them praise the ~ Name of the Lord.

For He spake, and they came ~ to be; * He commanded, and they ~ were '/

cre-a-ted. i'

He established them for ever, yea" for ev-er and ~ ev-er; * He hath set an

ordinance,_and it ~ shall not pass a-way. I,

Praise the Lord from ~ the Earth, * ye dragons; and all ~ ye ab-yss-es.

Fire, hail, snow, ice, blast of ~ !emp-est, * ~ which per-form His word,

The moiin-tains and all ~ the hills, * fruitful trees, ~ and all ce-dars,

The beasts and all the ~ cat-tie, * creeping ~ things and wing-ed birds,

Kings of the Earth and all ~ peo-ples, * princes and all the ~ jiidg-es Of the Earth,

Young men and vir-gins, t elders withthe younger, let them praise the Name of ~ the Lord; * for Exalted is the ~ Name of Hirri·A-lone.

His praise is above the Earth and ~ Heav-en, * and He shall exalt the horn ~ of

His peo-ple. r' _ '

This is the hymn for alt ~ His Saints, * for the sons of Isra-el and for the ~

people that ~ draw nigh un-to Him. _ J A

Sing un-to the Lord a ~ I}ew song; :I< His praise is in, ~ the Church Of the Saints, ,Let Jsra-el be glad in Him That ~ made him; * let the sons of Syon re- ~ joice

in Their King. _ ,

Let them praise His Name in ~ the dance; * with the timbrel and the psaltery let ~ them chant un-to Him.

For the Lord taketh pleasure in His ~ peo-ple, :I< and He shall exalt the meek ~ with sal-va-tion.

The Saints shall boast in ~ glor-y, ~ and they shall re- ~ joice up-on their beds. The high praise of God shall be in ~ their throat, * and two-edged swords

1 shall be in their hands;

To do vengeance a-mong the ~ heath-en, * punishments a- ~ mong the peo-ples; To bind their kings with ~ fet-ters, * and their nobles with man-a- 1 cles of i-ron; Todo among them the judgment that is J writ-ten: * "This glory shall ~ be to

all His Saints."

Praise ye God in ~ His ,Saints; * praise Him in the firm-a-ment ~ of His pow-er. Praise Him for His migh- ~ ty acts; * praise Him according to the multit-ude t Of His great-ness.

Praise Him with the soiind of ~ trum-pet; * praise Him with the ~ psal-ter-y

and harp. _ _,

Praise Him with tim-brei ~ and dance; * praise ~ Him with strings and flute. Praise Him with tuneful cym-bals, t praise Him with cymbals of jiibil- J a-tlon; * let ev- J 'ry breath praise the Lord.

Glory be to the Father, and to ~ the + Son, * and ~ to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and ~ ev-er, * and unto the ages of t a-ges. A-men.

279 Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide 279

Then



All repeat:

b

o

won-drous in-ter--change! The Cre-a-tor of man-kind, Ta-king up--on Him



• •















• •



I ptjl.





a Liv-ing Bod-y, vouch-sa-fed to be Born of a Vir-gin, and, Be~got-ten in no

I









I

. ~

..

'. • • II ~

. ; car-nal wise, hath made us par-ta-kers of His Div-in-it-y.

The Chapter

Then the Hebdomadary ci&one chants the Chapter as follows:

tl~~'~~'~'~'~~'~~'~~~'~'~~'~'~~'~~.~~~.~~~.~~.~~.~~~.~ 'I

= ;

The ho-ly ang-els praise thee, 0 Bear-er of God, t thou that didst not know I





• •



I

I

II ~

All





• •

man, '" and didst bear the Lord in thy womb.

respond: I¥. Thanks be to God.

The Responsory

The lst Cantor

Then is sung the following Responsory:

I

-

• ;&

alone chants:



~ .



I •





~ • I ~

o ho-ly Bear-er of God, ev-er- Vir-gin Mar-y.

I



. I·





~ • I ~

All respond:

o ho-Iy Bear-er of God, ev-er-Vir-gin Mar-y.

The Hebdomadary

I



I



I fiji •

• I ~



alone chants:

'/f.

I

In-ter-cede for us to the Lord Our God.

I





~ • I ~

All respond:

Ev-er- Vir-gin Mar-y.

The Hebdomadary

I

~ . . .

• I





;

• I I'

alone chants:

'/f. Glor- y be to the Fath- er, and to the Son, '"
I ; I I ~
• • • III
and to the Ho- Iy Ghost.
I I • I ~
~ • rt ptj I • • ~
• • III •
o ho-Iy Bear-er of God, ev-er-Vir-gin Mar-y. All respond:

The Hymn

Then is sung the following Hymn:

280

Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 280



I



= .,.. :1:1 I

,..







1

The 1st Cantor alone chants the intonation: 1. Her time ful-fill'd, That Son she bore,

The 1st Cantor's side only completes line 1: -" Whom Ga-briel's voice had told a - fore; 1.-" The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 2:

2. The heav'n-Iy chor-us fill'd the sky,

-" The Ang-els sang to God on High, 2.-"

Then All chant line 3:

3. All -hon-our, laud, and glor- y be,

-" 0 Je - sus, Vir - gin+ Born to Thee, 3.-"



1



II •



5= I •



...



.... 1. Whom, in His Moth-er yet /Con- ceal'd,

-" The in - fant Bap - tist had re-veal'd. 1. 2. What time to shep-herds, watch-ing lone,

-" They made cre- a- tion's Shep-herd Known. 2. '

3. All glor - y, as

is ev - er meet, .

-" To Fath - er and to Par .: a - dele. 3.

,.. ,



II ~

Then All chant the "Amen" as follows:

A - men.

The Versicle

Then the 1 st Cantor alone I~~' ~~I§~' ~~I~'§~~I ~1~~'§~I~~I~~I~'§~I~I~I\~"~.'~.I11!~111

chants this V ersicler" y. Af-ter Child-Bear-ing thou re-main-est a stain-less Vir-gin. '

1 • ---,11-' • 1 •• 1 11\ .wi 111

This V er side's Response . v._ - -J .'.III! ::

is chanted by All: ~. Moth-er of God, in-ter-cede for

us.

The Antiphon on the Benedictus and the Benedictus

Then is sung the following Antiphon on the Benediaus,

always begun by the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone: But Mar-y.

On all Doubles, or if it be the custom of the place, All ~I ~!=~~:I ~~; ~~~~. ~I~~'~.~. ~...,~

continue the Antiphon in the Proper, if not as follows: Kept all these say-ings in her

1 ,.. 114

heart.

The Benedictus (Luke 1: 68 - 79).'

After the Antiphon on the Benedictus , the Benedictus itself is begun

1 ..; I,.. :1':1 1 1 I 1

by 1st Cantor alone: + Bless-ed be the Lord God of is-ra-el; '"

Only the 1st Cantor's side et the Quire responds with the 2nd half of the lst verse

11\=' :I ••• • •• • I· ..

II • 114

.. .

of the Benedictus: for He hath vis-it-ed and wrought re-demp-tion for His pea-pie,

281 Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in C1nistmastide I 281

, .

l,_

~ """ " ... I •

I 9 •

,

- A

I

Tone 8

,., . , ,

• •

• •

• II ~

Only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the 2nd verse of the Benedictus , using this Tone, including the intonation notes:

And hath rais-ed up a horn of 1, sal-va-tion for us * 1, in the House of His l ser-vant Da-vid;

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the' Quire chants the entire next verse (including the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

As He spake by the 1, mouth of His ho-ly ones, * the l Proph-ets Of old,

That 'We should be sa- 1, ved .f'rom our en-em-ies, * 1. and from the hands of

~ , A

t all that hate us;

/'

To deal mer-ci-ful- 1, Iy with our fath-ers, * 1, and to re-mem-ber His l Ho-ly

Cov-en-ant,

The oath which He sware to 1, our fath-er A-bra-ham: * 1, that He ~ would grant un-to us,

That we be de-liv-er-ed out of 'the 1, hind of our en-em-ies, '" 1, that we might serve ~ Him, with-out fear,

In ho-li-ness and righ- 1, teous-ness be-fore Him, * 1, all the ~ days of our life. And thou, 0 child, shalt be call-ed the Proph- 1, et of the Most High; '" "1 for thou shalt go before the Face of the Lord ~ to pre-pare His ways;

To give know-ledge of salvation 1, un-to His peo-ple, * "1 by the re- l mis-sion Of their sins,

- ,

Through 'the "bow-els 1, Of mer-cy Of Our God; * 1, where-by the Day-spring ..

from on High hath ~ vis-it-ed us,

To give Light to them that sit in darkness, and in "1 the shad-ow Of death, * "1 to guide our feet in- ~ to the Way of Peace.

Glor-y be to the 1, Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and ~ to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, "1 both now and ev-er, * 1, and tin-to the a-ges of
~ a-ges. ' ...
A-men.
I ,. ~ I I I 111
; ~ ~ • , .. ., ...
Then All repeat: But Mar-y kept all these say-ings in her heart. The Litany, The Lord's Prayer, and The Collect

The Hebdomadary a.",.. 'Ir

alone chants: y. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

Only the 1st Cantor's side a' '" " '111 Only the 2nd Cantor's side a· •• , '. 'Ir 91 the Quire continues: ~. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son. 91 the Quire continues: IY. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son,

Only the 1st Cantor's side b ' •• '. 'II~ Only the 2nd Cantor's side b ' • I '. '111 91 the Quire continues: ~.Chris-te el-e-y-son. ei. the Quire continues: IY. Chris-te el-e-y-son,

282 Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide

ei. the Quire continues: ~.Chris-te el-e-y-son. ei. the Quire continues:

Only the 1st Cantor's side b' ••• '. 'If All

~. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son,

b

• • ~ r\ '. ~'. Ilij

et. the Quire continues: ~. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son .

conclude: IY. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

...

Then the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) chants alone_the Lord's Prayer, as follows:

I





• I

• • •





I •









.I









y. Our Fath-er, Who art in Heav-en, Hal-lo-wed be Thy Name. Thy King-dom

.. .,

I •









. ~













• • • •



come, Thy Will be Done, on Earth, as It is in Heav-en. Give us this day our
I • • • • • • • • I • • • • • . ~ ',I
• • •
I
dail-y bread; and for-give us our tres-pass-es, as we for-give those that
I • • • • I • • • • • • II 1
• .. • •
tres-pass a-gainst us. And lead us not in-to temp-ta-tion.

I





• • •



All respond:

IY. But de-liv-er us from e-viI.

. ~ 1~~'~=~~~'~lij

I [ the H ebdomadary is a Priest or ~ ::

I



I

j

a Deacon, he chants alone: y. The Lord be with you. respond:~. And with thy spir-it.

(But i [ not, or i [ chanted without anyone else present, then, in place a [ the above, the

H ebdomadary I .' = ~ • Ilij All ~I ~'~~'§~' ~~. §. §'§~. ~~. ~111

alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond: IY. And let my cry' come un-to Thee.) The Hebdomadary alone then chants the [allowing Collect:

. . =".. ..





• • •

v. Let us pray. 0 God, Who by the fruit-ful vir-gin-it-y of Bles-sed Mar-y hast

I • • •• •• •••••••• '0' I • •• • 1

be-stow-ed on man-kind the re-ward of e-ter-nal sal-va-tion; grant to us, we

I •• •••• • •• • •• .s, I' · .• ·

be-seech Thee, to per-ceive that she in-ter-ce-deth for us, by whom we have been

I' •• •••• • • •• • • • •• •

ac-coun-ted meet to re-ceive the Auth-or of Life, Our Lord Je-sus Christ,

I·.' · " · I'

Thy Son, Who liv-eth and reign-eth with Thee in the U-nit-y of the Ho-ly Ghost, God,

I • • •• ••• • II i All I = • II ij •

through all the a-ges of a-ges.

respond: IY. A-men.

283 Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide

If the H ebdomadary is a Priest or I. • = ... I". All

a Deacon, he chants alone: y. The Lord be with you. respond: Ill. And with thy spir-it. (But if not, or if chanted without anyone else present, then, in place of the above, the

I I = ...

All

I I

I

I

I

I

I

-f

alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer,' respond: Ill. And let my cry come un-to Thee.)

The Commemorations

If some other Feasts of the Saints or Mysteries fall on this day, their commemorations %, are added here in the following manner.' First, the following is inserted:

I / .......... t

All

I

.....

The 1st Cantor

I ~'."f

alone chants:

y. Let us bless the Lord. respond: Ill. Thanks be to God.

Then, for each commemoration, there is sung, in this order:

1) The Antiphon that would have been the Antiphon on the Benedictus, if such a Feast or Mystery was being observed as the main Feast of the day. These Antiphons are intoned by the 1st Cantor or the 2nd Cantor, alternating each such commemoration, and are continued by All.

2) The Versicle (together with its own Response) that would have been sung before the Antiphon on the Benedictus , if such a Feast or Mystery was being observed as the main Feast of the day. The Versicle is sung by the 2f1,d ~ntor if the Antiphon sung beforehand was sung by the l st Cantor, and vice-versa. All chant the Response.

3) The Collect (chanted by the Hebdomadary) that would have been chanted if such a Feast or Mystery was being observed as- the main Feast of the day.

This sequence of Antiphon, Versicle, and Collect is repeated for each commemmoration . At the Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of Saturdays, if it be not a Feast of 12 Lessons at the Night Vigils, the following Commemoration of All Saint~ is added after any proper commemorations have been completed, and is begun either by the 1st Cantor or the 2nd Cantor,

whichever is next in turn for beginning the commemoration:

I I I I = I

The Saints shall be joy-ful.

All

I

. =

I

I

I

II.

I •

I I I

I

respond: In glor-y; they shall sing prais-es up-on their beds.

Whichever one of the 1st Cantor or 2nd Cantor did not begin the above Antiphon for

the commemoration, ~I~~~I~~'~~I~~I ~~,~~,~~~~~~~~,~~,~311~.

All

r. Won-der-ful is God in

His Saints.

now chants:

I

I I I I

I

I

I I

respond: Ill. And glor-i-ous in His Maj es - ty.

To complete the Commemoration of All Saints, if it is done, the Hebdomadary alone then chants the Collect of All Saints, in the same Tone as that given for .the C ollect above, as follows:

284 I Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide I 284

y. Let us pray. 0 Lord, we beseech Thee, be Pleased to regard the prayers of all Thy Saints, and bestow upon us forgiveness of our sins, and grace to amend in the time to come. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of

ages. ~. Amen.

After the last commemoration the following is added (but omitted' altogether if no commemorations have been made):

If the H ebdomadary is a ;riest or I. • . = iii

All



• r

a Deacon, he chants alone: v. The Lord be with you. respond: W. And with thy spir-it. (But if no'. or if chanted without an Yfne else present, then. in place of the above. 'j

>;" Hebdomada~'y L .' = I'i • Ilij All I. • • 1 • I.. I!

alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear -my prayer. respond: ~. And let my cry come un-to Thee.) The Conclus_ion

'/

J

The following Conclusion is never omitted. !l there have been no commemorations, it is

begun by the 1st Cantor alone, ~ _ ...... . .~ I

. ~ ~ ~ I. ~ . ~ -+- t. I

but if there were, it is begun i· l··.· [ All ~i ~~~~~~l~··~··~I~

by the 2nd Cantor alone:

The Abbot (or Senior in Quire) chants:

All

Let us bless the Lord. respond:~. Thanks be to God.

. May the Div-ine '" Help re-main with u-s al-ways,

respond: "'"

• s

~. And with our ab-sent breth-ren. A - men.

And so is concluded the Morning Solemnity (Lauds) for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide according to the S arum Monastic Use ana the Rule of St. Benedict.

285

Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide

285

PRIME FOR THE ON SA TURDA YS

I

HOL Y THEOTOKOS IN CHRISTMASTIDE



• •











,

• II ~



The Hebdomadary atone chants: Y"O God, + be At-ten-tive un-to help-ing me.

I " • • • • •. II • ••

I •



All respond:

• • •







~. 0 Lord, make haste to help me. Glor- y be

• I ' • • I • 1











to the Fath- er, and to the Son, + and to the Ho- Iy Ghost. As it was in the

I•• ., •• /,. ,',. " •• , ••

,

~

be- gin- ning,. both now and ev- er, and un- to the a- ges of a- ges. A- men.

AI- le- lu- ya.

'}

/

}

Outside the Season of Septuagesima , here add:

I• • ~

[j '114

But, only during the Season of Septuagesima, in place ei: "Alleluya," here add:

I •

• •

• •

., • • • • ~ I

Praise be to Thee, 0 Lord, King of E- ter- nal Glor- y.

The Hvmn











; I







I



'1';1

I





The 1st Cantor alone chants the intonation: 1. Now that tlae day-light fills the sky,

The 1st Cantor's side only completes line 1: We lift our hearts to God on high, 1. ~ '~ The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 2:

2. Would guard our hearts and tongues from strife;

~ From ang-er's din would hideour life; 2. ~ The 1st Cantor's side only chants line 3:

3. Would keep our in - most ron-science pure;

~ Our souls from fol-Iy ,!ouId sec-ure; 3. ~ The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 4:

4. So we, when this new day is gone;

~ And night in turn is draw-ing on; 4. ~

All chant line 5:

s: All hon- our, laud, and glor- y be,

~ 0 Je - sus, Vir - gin- Born to Thee, 5.-7























I





II~





1. That He, in all we do or say,

~ Would keep us free from harm to- day; 1. 2. From all ill sights would turn our eyes;

-7 Would close our ears from van- it - ies; 2. 3. Would bid us check the pride of sense,

-7 With due and Ho - Iy ab - stin- ence, 3. 4. With ron-science by the world un-stain'd

-7 Shall praise His Name for vic- fry gain'd.4. 5. All glor - y, as is ev - er meet,

~ To Fath- er and to Par - a - dele. 5.

I I ... II~

Then All chant the "Amen" as follows:

A - men.

286

Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide

286

The Psalms

The Ist Cantor alone

- --



1 1

begins chanting this Antiphon:

I· •• •

All 01 • ~ ;

When Thou wast Born.



• I

• • I ~
• P§h " .. •
• •
then were the Scrip-tures ful-fil-Ied:
• • • I
• - . • • respond:

I

. -

All ln-ef'-feb-Iy of a Vlr-gin,

" ~ ~. III

"Thou I .

didst

come

down as

show -

ers

on the

mown

grass,

to bring

. '.. .

"..

• •

.~





sal-va-tion un-to all man-kind." We praise Thee, 0 Our God. /'

, t 1'_ ~A*

,

--- A

Tone 3 I [. • .] ••• [. 8 • I] •••• • 8 • ~. • 1 • • • ••• • •• ";"; 111

Psalm 17: vv. 25 - 51:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first .hal] of the first verse of the 2nd portion of till?; 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of btackas therein;'!

With the ho-ly man t wilt Thou be Ho-ly, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

and with the innocent man wilt 1, Thou be

II

I,

in-no-cent.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the t':!_lo sides alternating the verses thereafter:

And with the elect man T wilt Thou be El-ect * and with the Per-verse 1, wilt Thou be per-verse.

For Thou, wit save a i hum-ble pea-pie, * and Thou wilt humble the eyes} of

the ar-ro-gant. _ ._

For Thou wilt T light my lamp, 0 Lord; * My God, Thou wllt en-Iight- 1. en my dark-ness.

For by Thee shall I be delivered from a i host of rob-bers, * and by My God

shall I leap 1. o-ver a wall. , _

, As for My God, blameless is His way; t !he words of the Lord are tri-ed T in

the f'l-re; * Defender is He of 1, all that hope in Him. .

For i Who is God, save the Lord; * and Who 1. is God, save Our God?

It is God, Who girded T me with pow-er, * and hath made 1, my path blame-less.

Who maketh my feet i like the feet Of a hart, * and setteth me up- 1. on high

I, ... p a-ces,

Who i teach-eth my hands for war, * and Thou madest mine 1, arms a bow of

brass.

And Thou gavest me the T shield of sal-va-tion * and Thy Right Hand 1, hath up-held me.

And Thine instruction hath corrected me T e-ven un-to the end; * yea, Thine instruction, the 1. same will teach me.

Thou hast en- T Iarg'd my steps un-der me, * and the tracks of my feet 1, are not wea-ken'd.

I shall p~rsue min ... e enemies and I shall T o-ver-take them, * and I shall not turn 1, back un-til they fail.

I shall greatly afflict them and they shall not be i a-ble to stand; * they shall fall 1, un-der my feet.

For Thou hast girded me with i pow-er for ,war; * in subjection under me hast Thou bound the feet of all them that rose 1. up a-gainst me.

And Thou hast made mine enemies turn their l' back be-fore me, * and them that hate me hast Thou 1, irt-ter-Ij' des-trdy'd.

287

Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide

I 287

, - ...

• • • •••

• • •

ptj I •• I 111

They cried, and there was no saviour- T e-ven to the Lord, * and He heark- 1 en-ed not to them.

And I will grind them fine as dust be- 1 fore the face Of th~ wind; '* I will trample them down 1 as mud in the streets.

Deliver me from • .the gain-saying. 1 Of the peo-ple; '* Thou wilt set me at the

1 head of na-tions. _

A people which I T knew not hath serv-ed me; * no sooner than their ear had heard, 1 they o-bey-ed me.

Sons that are strangers have lied un-to me; t sons that are T strang-ers have grown old, * and they have limp'd 1 a-way from their paths.

c% The Lord liveth, and 1 Bless-ed is My God; * and let the God of my salvation

1 be Ex-al-ted. /'

o God, Who givest avengement unto me, and hast subdued 1 peo-ples un-der me, * 0 My Deliverer from enemies which are l: prone to ang-er,

From them that arise up against 1 me wilt Thou lift me high; * from the i,

unrighteous 1 man de-liv-er miL -

For this cause will I confess Thee among the 1 na-tions, 6 Lord; '* and un-to

1 Thy Name will I chant. ..

!t is he that magnif'ieth the salvation of His king, t and worketh mercy for His a- T noint-ed, for Da-vid, '* and for his seed un- 1 to e-ter-ni-ty.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the It Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both 1 now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 18.'

The 2nd Ca"':tor pJone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using, the

same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): ..

The Heav-ens declare the T Glor-y Of God, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

and the firmament proclalmeth the 1 work of

His Hands.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Day unto day 1 pour-eth forth speech, * and night unto night pro- 1 cIai m-eth know-ledge.

There T are no tongues nor words '* in which their voic- 1 es are not heard. Their sound hath gone T forth in-to all the Earth, '* and their words un-to 1 the ends Of the world.

In the Sun hath He set His T Tab-er-nac-le, '* and He, like a bridegroom, coming forth 1 from his cham-ber,

Will rejoice like a T gi -ant to run his course; * from the outermost border of Heaven 1 is His go-ing forth,

And His goal is unto the outermost i part of Heav-en, :I: and there shall no man hide 1 him-self from His heat.

The law of the Lord is i blame-less, con-ver-ting souls; '* the testimony of the Lord is trustworthy, bringing wis- 1 dom to in-fants.

The statutes of the Lord are upright, 1 glad-den-ing the heart; '* the commandment of the Lord is far-shining, en- llight-en-ing the eyes.

The fear of the Lord is pure, enduring for i ev-er and ev-er; '* the judgments of the Lord are true, al-to- 1 geth-er jus-tif-ied,

More to be desired than T gOld and much pre-cious stone, * and sweeter than honey 1 and the hon-ey-comb.

288

Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide

I 288

Tone 3

, - ...

• • • ••• • • •

" I •



Yea, for Thy i ser-vant keep-eth them; * in keeping them 1. there is much re-ward.

As for transgressions, who will understand them? t From lilY i se-cret sins cleanse me, * and from those of others 1. spare Thy ser-vant.

If they have not dominion over me, then T blame-less shall I be, * and I shall be

clean- 1. sed from great sin. '

And the sayings of my mouth shall be un- T to Thy good, pleas-fire, * and the meditation of my heart shall be be-fore 1. Thee for ev-er,

o i Lord, My Help-er, * 1. and Re-deem-er.

Glory .. be to the i Fath-er, and to the It Son, * and 1. to the Ho-ly Ghost.

'4 As)t was in the beginning, both i now and ev-er; * and unto the ages of

1. a-ges. A-men. /'

Psalm 19: '

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using this ,,: same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The Lord hear thee in the i day-of af-f'llc-tlon; * Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

the Name of the God of Ja- 1. cob de-fend thee.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Let Him send forth unto thee help from His T Sanc-tu-ar-y, * and out Syon

1. let Him help thee. , ~

Let Him remember every T sac-rif-ice of thine * and thy whole-burnt off'erlng

1 let Him fat-ten. " ,

The Lord grant thee ac- i cor-ding to thy heart, * and ful-fil 1 all thy ~

pur-poses. ~ ,

We will rejoice jn i Thy sal-va-tion, * and in the Name of the Lord Our God shall 1 we be mag-nif-Ied.

The Lord,ful- i fil all thy re-quests; * now have I known that the Lord hath saved 1. His an-oin-ted one.

He will hearken unto him out of His i Ho-ly Heav-en;:Ie in mighty deeds is the salvation 1. of His Right Hand.

Some trust in chariots, and i some in hor-ses; * but we will call upon the Name 1 of the Lord Our God.

A They have been fettered T and have fall-en; * but we are risen and 1 are set

up-rtght., ~

i 0 Lord, save the king, :Ie and hearken unto us in the day when we 1. call up-on Thee.

Glory be to the i Fath-er, and to the It Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As,it was in the beginning, both i now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1. a-ges. A-men.

/,

I



• I. ~ • "







~ .

IS When Thou wast Born all in-ef-fab-Iy of a Vir-gin,

tI ~ .... ~ • I ~

• •

• ill I •

• Ii

I

Then All repeat this Antiphon:





• • 1

then were the Scrip-tures ful-fil-Ied: "Thou didst come down as show-ers on the

I· • I' • • • ~..' .... •• I. ill ~. III • 111

mown grass, to bring sal-va-tion un-to all man-kind." We praise Thee, 0 Our Ged,

289

Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide

289

The Chapter

Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the Chapter as follows:

I

• •

• •

















• •





Mar-y ev-er-vir-gin, t re- joice that thou wast deem-ed meet to bear the

I

• • • •











L

• •













Cre-a-tor of Heav-en and the Earth, * for thou hast brought forth from thy womb

~I~~'~'~~~'~'~~~~~~' • I

= .; II' ii, '.; II ~

the Sa-viour of. the world. All respond: .y. Thanks be to God.
"'I> The Versicle
/'
I • • • • • '1\ ., ••• ., 111 ,:;
Then the 1st Cantor alone
chants the Versicle:' YI. 0 Christ, rise, help /:
a- us. !
I • i'
• lI- • • • • • '1\ ., ••• ., 111
The Versicle's Response
is chanted by All: !y. And de- liv- er us for Thy Name's sake. The Hebdomadary

6' ••• '. .m

The Litany, The Lord's Prayer, and The Collect

alone chants: s. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son.

• IS 6' 1

Only the 1st Cantor's side • • • '. '11

Only the 2nd Cant~r's side 6' ••• • •

ei. the Quire continues: !y. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son. Qj_ the Quire continues: W. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son. Only the 1st Cantor's side 6 • •• '. '111 Only the 2nd ~antor's side 6 • • I '. '111

Q[_ the Quire continues: !y.Chris-te el-e-y-son,

O I h 1 C 's sid 6 • ••• • II~

~ t e ts: antor s SL e •

Q[_ the Quire continues: !y. Chris-te el-e-y-son.

. '6 I ~

Only the 2nd C~ntor's side • • ". '1

Qj_ the Quire continues: !y.Chris-te el-e-y-son, ei. the Quire continues: !y. Kyr-i-e eJ-e-y-son.

6 • 61

Only the 1st Cantor's side ••••• 'II~ All • • ~ 1\ '. ~'. II

I

• •

!y. Kyr-i-e el-e-y-son,

. ,,1

ei: the Quire continues: W. Kyr-l-e el-e-y-son.

Then the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone

conclude:

chants the beginning of the Lord's Prayer: YI. Our Fath-er.

and then, as prescribed by St. Benedict, this is continued totally in silence:

Who art in Heaven, Hallowed be Thy Name. Thy Kingdom come, Thy Will be Done, on Earth, as It is in Heaven. Give us this day our daily bread; and forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive those that trespass against us.

Until the Abbot ( or Senior in Quire) alone

I ·



I • • • •



I 'II ~

resumes the chant of the prayer with the words: YI. And lead us not in-to temp-ta-tion.

I



• • • •





All respond:

!y. But de-liv-er us from

e- vii.

290 I Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide

If the Hebdomadary is a Priest or I. • ; ,.. .,,- All I.



I! 290

;: ,.. 'Ir

a Deacon, he chants alone: y. The Lord be with you. respond:~. And with thylspir-lt, (But if not, or if chanted without anyone else present, then, in place of the above the

Hebdomadary I ..' ; ,.. • II_ All I. • • • • • I:' I 111

alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond: ~. And let my cry come un-to Thee.)

The Hebdomadarv alone then chants the following Collect: ' .

I I.; II' I · I · I I I I I I I I I · :. · 1

y. Let u.s pray. 0 Lord God A1-migh-ty, Who ha~ brought u.s to the be-gin-ing ~f this

I I . . .. I. I ... . I " I • ! I . d

.. ,.

day, de-fend us in the same with Thy Migh-ty Power, that we may not f'all t~is day

'l! I I .' • • I' •• •.• · I .e ....:.. 1

in-to an-y sin, but that all our thoughts, words, and works may be di-rec-ted to

I • • • •• •• I • •• .' I

. . :' . . ~

the ful-fil-ment of Thy Righ-teous-ness. Through Our Lord Je-sus Christ,

I • • I • I.. . · . I. . I I '. I .. . .~

Thy Son, Who liv-eth and relgn-eth with Thee in the U-nit-y of the Ho-ly Ghost, God,

I • • •• •• I • II' All I ; • II ij

through all the a-ges of a-ges.

respond: ~. A-men.

If the Hebdomadary is a Priest or ~'~'~'~~;§~"'~~'~!'~llij

I

I

; P\ If



a Deacon, he chants ~lone: y. The Lord be with you. respond:~. And with thy spir .... it.

• co

(But if not, or if chanted without anyone else present, then, in place of the above, the

Hebdomadary I I I ; P'; • II- All I. • I · .. I I I If

alone chants: y. 0 Lord, hear my prayer. respond: ~. And let my cry come un-to Thee.)

The Conclusion

'.

I

The Conclusion is begun

. , .... IT

I

.... =tr,

:\. I~

by the 1st Cantor alone: y. Let us bless the Lord.

Then the Abbot (or Senior ~I~~'~~~I~I~~I~~~'~~I~~'~~'~~I~I~~'~~,II~

in Quire) adds:

respond: lY. Thanks be to God.

y. May the Div-ine It Help re-main with us al-ways. I

I

I





I



I





II

respond:

~. And with our ab-sent breth-ren, A - men.

And so is concluded Prime for the Holy Theotokos on Saturdays in Christmastide

according to the Sarum Monastic Office of the Rule of St. Benedict. '

In some places, immediately after Prime, all proceed to the Chapter Room (if there be such apart from the Monastery Church), wh~re the Capitular Office for Cftapter, as given after Prime of Sunday pp. 64 - 70 in. Volume I (The Psalter Outside of Paschaltide), begins immediately with a Short Lesson and the Reading :of the Martyrology, as indicated therein.

Terce, Sext , and None for Saturday are given as for Terce, Sext and None for Tuesday, as given after Prime for Tuesday, pp. 100 - 114.

Saturday Vespers is given as First Vespers of Sunday at the beginning of Volume I

(The Psalter Outside of Paschaltide), pp. 1 - 9. •

291 I Appendix A-The Theotokos Magnificat Antiphons from Epiphany to Stptuagesirna I 291

APPENDIX A

THE THEOTOKOS ANTIPHONS ON THE MAGNIFICAT FROM THE OCT A VE DAY OF THE EPIPHANY UNTIL THE SEASON OF SEPTUAGESIMA

~

At Vespers from the day after the Octave Day of Epiphany [Theophany) until the Season of Septuagesima , the following Antiphons, some of which are taken from St Isaac of Syria or the Canticle of Canticles may' be used on the Magnificat in place of those given at Vespers, to be chosen in order by the Abbot.

The Antiphon on the Mas:nificat and the Magnificat I

/

Then ie sung the Antiphon on the Magnificat,

/

which is always begun by the Abbot

(or Senior in Quire) alone, as follows:

I

I ~

,

~I------------------+I~~~--'----------~~"~~~~--~'~'~----~-----------~

.. 'S • Il ........ I' I ---. • ,;h.

All continue the Antiphon as follows: . (N.B. Observe clef changes)

Hail thee!

I 1 I"

,., III ~ ;illS I II ""

I

1

I,. ~.,tllIIlII ~ :tI' .~. ~ I • ~ ~'. "...:1. IJ' ,.... I~

our corn - fort, and our hope, hail thee! To thee do we cry, ex-i-Ied chil-dren of Eve.

1 I

I •• •

• •

To thee are we sigh-ing, as mourn-ful and weep-ing, we pass through this val-ley of tears.

- . ~





.~

;

~., :tI III ij

Turn thou, there-fore, 0 our in-ter-ces-sor, those eyes of pit-y and lov-ing- kind-ness

• I '. ;-.; ..... I\Io::II.I!! .11

T I h JIIIiII' • ". ;. • I ". !IiIIoI ~ - - itt

up-on us sin-ners. Here-af-ter, when our earth-ly ex-ile shall be en-ded, show us

b

~.. .

• 1\ "'~ • .... • ~'"

Je- sus, the Bless-ed Fruit of thy womb. 0 lov-ing, 0 c1em-ent, 0

;

gra-cious

Mar-y.

The Magnificat (Luke 1: 46 - 55):

I' ~



1

After the Antiphon on the Magnificat, the 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the Magnificat:

1ft My soul *.

Only the 1st Cantor's side gj_ the Quireresponds with ~~~'~~'~~'~'~~'~~'~31~1~

the 2nd halfo] the l st verse of the Magnificat:

doth mag-ni-fy the Lord.

292 I Appendix A-The Theotokos Magnificat Antiphons from Epiphany to Sqltuagesima I 292

1-_ ;"--'",*1-.. .J,~

Tone 1 0 • ; ••••••••• 1\ II • 8 iii ; I h ;] r 8 8 I] · • • • •• ••• D· "ij

Only the 2nd Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire chants the 2nd verse of the Magnificat,

using this Tone, including the intonation notes: .

And my spir- 1, it hath re-joi-ced * in J.. God My Sa-viour.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire chants the entire next verse

(including the intonation notes) I the two sides alternating the verses thereafzer: .

For He hath look-ed upon the low-li-ness 1, of His hand-maid-en; * 1, for

be-hold from hence-forth all generations shall J.. ciill me: "Bless-ed." , ,

For the Might-y One hath 1, done great thi~s un-to me; * and J.. Ho-ly is His Name. And His mer-cy is 1, on them that fear Him * "1 un-to' gener-a-tion and

J.. gen-er-a-tion. , ~ .

He hath show- 1, ed streng,th with His Arm; * 1, He hath scat-ter-ed the proud

in the imagin- J.. a-tlon of their heart. .

% He hath ~ut down 1, the might-y from their sm~ II< 1, and ex-al-ted J.. them of low d~ree.

He hath till-ul1, the hun-gry with goQd thi~, * -J, and the rich He hath sent J.. emp-tY. a-way. He hath hoi-pen 1, His ser-vant Is-ra-el * 1, in re-mem-brance J.. of His mer-cy, As He 1, spake to our fath-ers, * f to A-bra-ham, and his J.. seed for (iv-er.

Glor-y be to the 1, Fath-er, and to the II ,Son-l ... and J.. to the Ho-ly Ghost. , . As it was in the beginning, 1, both now and ev-u-, * -J, and un-to the a-ges of J.. a-ges. A-men. ;i

. I I I I

Then, All repeat: • ~ ~..;II ~ ;illS I" •

. - ....,~ -,.. .

(N.B. Observe clef changes.) Half thee! Queen of com-pas-sion, our life,

I I I I

I,. ~ •• ;II" ,. ~ tI· • ,... • I = ; · .....:l ~ '. ,. ~ I ;;oJ., ...• I ~

our com - fort, and our hope, hail thee! To thee do we cry, ex-l+led chil-dren of Eve.

1 I I 1\ ; .. I I ;. ;. • PIJ ; •. 1\ ~ ~ ~ lij

I I

To thee are we sigh-ing, as mourn-ful and weep-in, we pass through this val-ley of tears.

-

Turn thou, there-fore, 0 our in-ter-ces-sor, those eyes of pit-y and lov-ing- kind-ness

1; I I I ~;.... I ~ • I~ '"

i ~ """'. • , •• ;. • I ,. I • 1\ r-o;; •

up-on us sin-ners. Here-af-ter, when our earth-Iy ex-ile shall be en-ded, show us

b ~.. I ... I ..... ... 1\ I tI • '. • I ~- I lIS ; ~

• 1\ , •• " • ~. . ~.'.

Je- sus, the Bless-ed Fruit of thy womb. 0 lov-ing, 0 clem-ent, q gra-cious

o II ~

1-,.

Mar-y.

The Antiphon on the Magnificat and the Magnificat II T hen is sung the Antiphon on the M agni f icat ,

which is alwa ys begun by the Abbot ~b ==~;;.;::. =::;.,;===tltI=:!·==1i,.;=::::ilLiI:::::;·==ll=iij

(or Senior in Quire) alone, as follows:

All continue the Antiphon as follows:

.,. ,. I •

Hail thee, Queen of the Heav-ens.

b ~.. ., I • 1\ I" ~.. . I ij

Hail thee, La-dy of the An - gels.

• ; I I. I. I

;

Hail, ho-Iy source,

b ,.,. I.

from whence the world's Light is Ris-en; hail thee,

; ~. I I ;. "N.,. ; • I ~

.... = . . ..

o glor-ious one, beau-tif-ul be-yond all oth-er; fare thee well, 0 most gra-cious,

b· ...,. ... " ij

~.. ; ..

and pray for us aI-way to Christ.

293 I Appendix A-The Theotokos Magnificat Antiphons from Epiphany to Septuagesima I 293 The Magnificat (Luke 1: 46 - 55):

After the Antiphon on the Magnificat, the

... ~. I 1

1st Cantor alone begins chanting the Magnificat: ... My soul *.

Only the 1st Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire responds 'with l). • ~. • • II ~

the Znd half of the 1st verse of the Magnificat: doth mag-ni-fy the Lord. .

1._' ;"'-',..*1... ~~ ;...-. ..

Tone 6 l) ... ::1 ••• II. • •• ,... ~ • 1'3,... = I h 1 r 1'3 1'3 ~J II. • ... .'~... ,,~

Only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: they-Quire chants the Znd verse of the Magnificat, using this Tone, including the intonation notes:

% ,

And my spir- 1- it hath ~e-joi-ced *in ,l.. God My Sa-viour.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the

entire next verse

(including the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: "I

, I

For He hath 'look-ed upon the low-li-ness 1- of His hand-maid-en; * 1- for I

be-hold, from hence-forth all generations shall ,l.. call me: "Bless-ed."

For the Might-y One hath 1- done great things un-to me; * and ,l.. - Ho-ly is His

Name.

And His mer-cy is 1- on them that fear Him * 1- un-to gener-a-tion and J, gen-er-a-tion.

He hath show- 1- ed strength with His An~; * 1- He hath scat-ter-ed the proiid in the imagin- ,l.. a-tlon Of their heart.

He hath put !town 1- the might-y from their seat, * 1 and ex-al-ted ,l.. them' of low deg-ree.

,

He hath fill-ed 1- the hun-gry with good things, * 1- and the ri"ch He hath sent

J, emp-ty a-way.

He hath hoi-pen 1- His ser-vant is-ra-el * 1- in re-mem-brance ,l.. Of His mer-cy, As He 1, spake to our fath-ers, * 1. to A-bra-ham, and his ,l.. seed for ev-er. Glor-y be to the 1- Fath-er, and to the ... Son, * and. 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, 1- both now and ev-er, * 1- and un-to the a-ges of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Then, All repeat:

~ ..

.., .

II •

~ ..

. ,...

• "~.. • I ij

Hail thee, Queen of the Heav-ens.

Hail thee, La-dy of the An - gels.

• •• ::I

• - I •

l) .... • ,. III
• ... I
Hail, ho-Iy source, from whence the
l) ,. III • ~
• .... ~ • • I

world's Light

~.. • I I

::I

is Ris-en; • ~ III

hail thee,

~ • I 1

o glor-ious one, beau-tif-ul be-yond all oth-er; fare thee well, 0 most gra-cious,

l) I



• I ,.

~ .. ~

and pray for us ai-way to Christ.

294 I Appendix A-The Theotokos Magnificat Antiphons from Epiphany to Septuagesima I 294 The Antiphon on the Magnificat and the Magnificat III

Then is sung the Antiphon on the Magnificat,

I

which is always begun by the Abbot

" 1 II 1
Thou art all fajr.
I I I
I 1 1 ,.
My spouse, my sls-er, and
I 1 I 'III II
II 1 II (or Senior in Quire) alone, as follows:

All continue the

I

Antiphon as follows:

I

1 1 I 1111... 1 I III. = I III I

I spot is there none in thee; thy lips drop as the ho-ney-comb, hon-ey and milk are

ptij • "I I 1"1" " . if; ptij ptij I

....... I. ..111 I~

un-der thy tongue; the sa-wour of thine oint-ments is bet-ter than all spi- ces.

til 1 1 .... •• 1 I. (i. I. 1 1 1 1 '.'. • I ~ ,:;

For 10, the win-ter. is past, the rain is o-ver, and gone; the flow-ers have ap-pear- ed; ~

In 1 • • 1 ~



1

1

••

I





1

1

1

the vines are in blos-som, and give forth their fra-grance; and the voice of the

I III 1 III .111 lIptij ptij'" I 1 ptij I

1 1 I.

III I •• II! I = "

1

tur-tle-dove is heard in our land. Rise up, my love, my fair one; come from

~1~1~.~I~.~~.~III~~.~I~.~"ij

Leb-an-on, come, thou shalt be crown-ed.

The Magnificat (Luke 1: 46 - 55):

~

After the Antiphon on the Magnificat, the

I

" I I ~

1st Cantor alone begins chanting the Magnificat: ... My soul *:

Only the 1st Cantor's side I2i the Quire responds with I '. • III.

" .

II ~

the 2nd half of the 1st verse of the Magnificat: doth mag-ni-fy the Lord.

1._ , A*1- .• 4-.a.~.14

Tone 4 I ptij 1 1 1 1 III 1 1 1 "I • 1 8 1 I r ~ [8 8 8 I] . III • 1 • 1 III. ". II ij

Only the 2nd Cantor's side I2i the Quire chants the 2nd verse of the Magnificat, using this Tone, including the intonation notes:

And my spir- 1- it hath re-joi-ced * ~ in God My Sa-viour.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side I2i the Quire chants the entire next verse (including the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For He hath look-ed upon the low-li-ness 1- Of His hand-maid-en; * 1- for

be-hold, from hence-forth all generations ~ shall call me: "Bless-ed." ,

For the Might-y One hath 1- done great things uq-to me; * ~ and Ho-ly is His Name. And His mer-cy is 1. on them that fear Him * 1. un-to gener-a-tion ~ and

gen-er-a-tion. , ~

He hath show- 1- ed strength with His Arm; * 1- He hath scat-ter-ed the proud in the im-a- ~ gln-a-tion of their heart.

He hath put down 1- the might-y from their seat, * 1- and ex-al- t ted them of

low deg-ree. ... __

He hath fill-ed 1. the hun-gry with good things, * 1. and the rich He hath ~ sent

emp-ty a-way. _ ,

He hath hoi-pen 1- His ser-vant Is-ra-el * 1- in re-mem- ~ brance of His mer-cy, As He 1- spike to our fath-ers, * 1. to A-bra-ham, and ~ his seed for ev-er. Glor-y be to the 1- Fath-er, and to the ... Son, * ~ and to the Ho-Iy Ghost., • As it was in the beginning, 1- both now and ev-er, * 1- and un-to the a-ges ~ of a-ges, A-men.

295 I Appendix A-The Theotokos Magnificat Antiphons from Epiphany to Septuagesima I 295 I

Then,

,..

Thou

I 1 I

art all fair, my spouse, my sis-er, and



I

I I

All repeat:

I

II PI! I,.. =; ,..

spot is there none in thee; thy lips drop as the ho-ney-comb, hon-ey and milk are

I,.. • ...,.. I

,.. I =. tI·. PI!. I II I ..,.. .,. I~

un-der thy tongue; the sa- vour of thine olnt-ments is bet-ter than all spi- ces,

I I I .... •• ". Z. 1 I I I

'i I ,. I I '.'. I •

For 10, the win-ter is past, the rain Is o-ver, and gone; the f1ow-ers have ap-pear- ed;

,. .

%~I~~~~~~~~~~~~II~~I~i.~I~~I~~~~I~~.~.~~I~I

forth their fra-grance; and the voice of the

Rise up, my love, my fair one; come from!

I

I I

I







I

Leb-an-on, come, thou shalt be crown-ed.

The Antiphon on the Magnificat and the Magnificat ry Then is sung the Antiphon on the Magnificat,

All continue the Antiphon as follows:

l) " Itt I •
,...,.. I
The King brought me. ~
.... !. ,
b • • I I
I
,.
In-to the wine cel-lar; he which ~s al,\vays begun by the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone, as follows:

set

• ~.. I •

in or-der his char-it -

P\

I I

b ...

I



Daught-ers of Jer-u - sa- lem, sup-port

~'. ,... I Itt I J Itt... ,.

y up-on me. r 1'ii

me with flow-ers, corn-pass me a-bout with ap-ples; for I lan-guish

b ..,Irs-;,. I,.. il~.,. I I I pSI'. , •••• t- ,. " ~

with love, ai-Ie - lu-ya, al - Ie - lu-ya,

The Magnificat (Luke 1: 46 - 55):

After the Antiphon on the Magnificat, the

I

I ~

1st Cantor alone begins chanting the Magnificat:

+ My soul *.

Only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire responds with ~1~·~~·~~.~'~~.~~,~~lIij

the 2nd half of the Lst verse of the Magnificat:

doth mag-ni-fy the Lord.

296 I Appendix A-The Theotokos Magnificat Antiphons from Epiphany to Septuagesima I 296

+ I A* r - s-; II
Tone 5 I ~ ••• I • 8 I I I I I ••• I I I • 8 I IIi
• • I
I Only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the 2nd verse of the Magnificat, using this Tone, including the intonation notes:

And my spir-it hath re- i jol-ced * in T God My Sa-viour.

And then, only the" 1 st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (including the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For He hath look-ed upon the low-li-ness of His hand .... i maid-en; * for

be-hold, from hence-forth all generations shall i call me: "Bless-ed."

For tlie Might-y One hath done great things i un-to' me; * and i Ho-ly is His

"" Name.

And His mer-cy is on them that i fear Him'" un-to generation and I r gen-er-a-tion.

He hath show-ed strength with T His Arm; '" He hath scat-ter-ed the proud in the imagin- i a-tlon of their heart.

, ~

He hath put down the might-y T from their seat, * and ex-a I-ted T them of low

deg-ree.

He hath fill-ed the hun-gry with i good things, '" and the rich He hath sent

i emp-ty a-way. .

He hath hoi-pen His ser-vant i is-ra-el * in re-mem-brance i Of His mer-cy, As He spake to our i fath-ers, '" to Abraham, and his i seed for ev-er.

GIor-y be to the Fath-er, and i to the III Son, * and i to the Ho-Iy Ghost.

in "the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and un-to the ages of ~

As it was

i ' ..

a-ges. A-men.

". ....

.' .......

;

I

Then, All repeat.'

I

The King brought me in-to the wine cel-lar: he

I I

I

"- I r 1"- ... I Y up-on me. Daught-ers of Jer-u - sa- lem, sup-port

..,. 1'ii ..

• Pi • • r\I::I t'iI I J t'iI... "-

o ".p ~

me

with flow-ers,

com-pass me a-bout with ap-ples; for I lan-guish

o " ; PSII'i "- P\ {I ~ t'iI; I I "-it. '.'.. ... "- II i

with love, al-le - lu-ya, al - le - lu-ya.

297 I Appendix B- The Theotokos BenOOictus Antiphons from Epiphany to Septuagesima I 297

APPENDIX B

THE THEOTOKOS ANTIPHONS ON THE BENEDICTUS FROM THE OCTAVE DAY OF THE EPIPHANY UNTIL THE SEASON OF SEPTUAGESIMA

~

At the Morning Solemnity (Lauds) from the Octave Day of the Epiphany until the Sunday of Septuagesima , the. following Antiphons taken from the Canticle of Canticles are used on the Benedictus in, place of those given' at the Morning

Solemnity, to be chosen in order by the Abbot. ,

The Antiphon on the Benedictus and the Benedictus I

Then is sung.ihe Antiphon on the Benedictus, which is ~~~~~~~~~~~~

= ... ptjilllA'~

always begun by the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone: 0 Vir-gin Bear-er of God.

All continue ~~~~~~.~~~.~~~.~~.~ji '

= .

All continueth~ Antiphon as follows: Whence Light E-ter-nal hath ;1

IS ~ ptji ~ l1li. ~ • I ~ ~ • ptji ~ .~ ~ III tI I'ii ~~

deign-ed to dawn up-on us, look -down up-on the prayers of thy .sup-pli-ant

I I

. '-

l1li • ~ •• ~ • fj ••

in-ter-ces-sion, we may be deem-ed fit to ob-tain



••

.... • • ~ ptji ~ •

ser-vants; that, by thy ho-ly

I • ~ • ~ • II ~

the Heav-en-ly Realms.

The Benedictus (Luke 1: 68 - 79):

After the Antip~on ~~ the Benedictus, the I •• ~ • ptji I. ~ •• I~ 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the Benediaus: ..,. Bless-ed be the Lord God of is-ra-el; *.

Only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire responds with the 2nd half 0/ the lst verse

I 1\ = . .~... . . '. . . . I' • II ~

of the Benedictus: for He hath vis-it-ed and wrought re-demp-tion for His peo-ple,

1._ ,,,*1. .. .,1.v:..--. ....

Tone 2 I •• ~... •• • •• I'i ~ • ~ 8 • I k ~ [8 8 8 ~]. ••• • .: • I • • " ~

Only the 2nd Cantor's side C2l.. the Quire chants the 2nd verse of the Benedictus , using this Tone, including the intonation notes:

And hath, rais-ed up a horn of 1 sal-va-tion for us * 1 in the House of His ser- J, vant Da-vid;

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side C2l.. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(including the intonation notes), the two sides alternatin/ the verses thereafter:

As He spake by the 1 mouth of His ho-I¥ ones, 1 the Proph- J, ets Of old,

That we Shoukl6e sa-1 ved from our en-em-Ies, * 1 and from the hinds of ill t that bate Us; To deal mer-ci-ful- 11y with our fath--ers, *,1 and to re-mem-ber His Ho- J, Iy Cov-en-ant. The oath which He sware to lour fath-er A-bra-lu1m: * 1 that He.. would t grant Un-lo Us, That we be de-liv-er-ed out of the 1 hand of our en-em-ies, * 1 tbat we might

serve Him t with-out fear, ~ A

In ito-Ii-ness and righ- 1 teous-ness be-fore Him-1 * 1 all the days J, of our h,·fe. And thou, 0 child, shalt be call-ed the Proph- .J, et of the Most High; * 1 for

thou shalt go before the Face of the Lord to t pre-pare His ways; _ A

To give know-ledge of salvation lon-to His pe6-pJe * 1 by the re-mls- J, sion of their sins, Through the bow-els 1 of mer-cy of Our (1od; * 1 where-by the Day-spring from on High hath vis- J, Ir-ed us,

To give Light to them that sit in darkness, and in 1 the shad-ow of death, * 1 to guide our feef in-to J, the Way of Peace.

Glor-y be to the 1 Fath-er, and to the ..,. Son, * 1 and to .1 the Ho-Iy Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, 1 bOth now and ev-er, * 1 and un-to the a-ges of a-'.1 ges. A-men.

298 I Appendix B-The Theotokos BenOO.ictus Antiphons from Epiphany to Septuagesima I 298

Then All repeat ptji A • • •
• • • ,.. • • •
the Antiphon: 0 Vir-gin Bear-er of God, whence Light E-ter-nal hath
I ~ ,., • ~ .~ tI
5 ,.. I l1li. I • ptji, I ,.. ptji~

deign-ed to dawn up-on us, look down up-on the prayers of thy sup-pli-ant • I • I •

ptji ~.

Ii v •

by thy ho-ly

111

l1li ..... I •• • ptji ••

in-ter-ces-sion, we may be deem-ed fit to ob-tain



1\.

• ser-vants; that,

1

the Heav-en-ly Realms.

/

..

..

The Antiphon on the' Benedictus and the Benedictus II

/ Then the 1st Cantor alone

begins chanting this Antiphon:

I









• •

I ~ •• '"

. . ~

•• • ,. • I

:,

A gar-den en-clo-sed. I'

~~~~~§I

::=:::-i l1li •• 1 • • •• .-

of God, a -sprlng shut

l1li • l1li1. I •••••

.- Art thou, 0 Bear-er

All respond:



up, a fount-ain seal-ed; a-rise, make haste, My be-lov-ed; how beaut-if-ul

• r\I l1li. I. .. •••• r\I , •• 1 1 ; ; ... ;. pta ij

art thou, My be-lov-ed, how beaut-if-ul and come-ly: thine eyes are as the eyes of

I,.. .!\ •• 11 •

....-'

doves, al-le-Ju-<ya. ;s

The Benedictus (Luke 1: 68 - 79):

I

After the Antiphon on the Benedictus , the •• ~ • pta 1.,1 ••

1st Cantor alone begins chanting the Benedictus: III Bless-ed be the Lord God of Is-ra-el; *.

Only the 1st Cantor's side ~ the ~ responds with the 2nd half of the 1st verse

I r\I ~ • I... . .. ..' .. . II ~

.. . p

of the Benedictus: for He hath vis-it-ed and wrought re-demp-tion for His peo-ple,

1._ *1. ,!.v~ ...

1

Tone 2

~........ !\ I • I 8 • I k ~ ~8 8 81~ ... • ••• II~

• • • ••

Only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the Znd verse of the Benedictus ,

using this Tone, including the intonation notes:

And hath, rais-ed up a horn of 1 sal-va-tion for us * 1 in the House of His ser- t vant Da-vid;

And then, only the 1 st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(including the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

As He spake by the 1 mouth of His ho-Jy ones, * 1 the Proph- t ets ofoJd,

That we should be sa-l ved from our en-em-ies, '* 1 and from the hands of au t that bate Us; To deal mer-ci-fuJ- 1ly with our fath-ers, *,1 and to re-mem-ber His Ho- J, Jy Cov-en-ant. The oath which He sware to lour fath-er A-bra-bam: * 1 that H~ would t grant Un-tD Us, That we be de-liv-er-ed out of the 1 hand of our en-em-ies, '* 1 that we might

serve Him, t with-out fear, ~ A

In ho-li-ness and righ- 1 teous-ness be-fore Him, * 1 all the days t qf our life. And thou, 0 child, shalt be call-ed the Proph- 1 et of the Most High; '* 1 for

thou shalt go before the Face of the Lord to t pre-pare His ways; _ A'

To give know-ledge of salvation 1., un-to His pe6-pJe, '* 1., by the re-mls- J, sion of their sins,

299 I Appendix B- The Theotokos BenOOictus Antiphons from Epiphany to Septuagesima I 299

A * 1.

Tone 2 I •• ~........ ,.. 1 • I 8 • I h ~ [8 8 8 I) • •• • •• •••• II ~ Through the bow-els 1. of mer-cy of Our (iod; * 1. where-by the Day-spring

from on High hath vis- J Ir-ed us, .

To give Light to them that sit in darkness, and in 1. the shad-ow of death, '" 1. to guide our feet in-to J. the Way of Peace.

Glor-y be to the ~Fith-er, and to.the III Son, * 1. and to J. the Ho-ly Ghost,

As it was in the beginning, 1. bOth now and ev-er, * J and un-to the a-ges of'i- J. ges. A-men.

Then,

All repeat:

j,

The Antiphon on the Benedictus and the Benedictus III

Then is sung the Antiphon on the Benedictus ,

All continue the

I 1
II ,.. • • ,.. ~
• •
o bless-ed Bear-er of God.
I I!i I!i 1 ~ ,

1 • ....
Ma,r-y, ev-er - Vir-gin,
"'ifi ~ •
• • ; .,.
• which is always begun by the Abbot

(or Senior in Quire) alone, as follows:



• •

Antiphon as follows: ,... . .,..

Tern-pie of the God-head, Hal-low-ed Shrine of the Ho-Iy Ghost; thou on-ly a-bove

I 1 1 • 1". ,.. ~ • ,.. A III. • -=.... 11

• I.. _. • ;... C!

all oth-ers wast ac-cep-ta-ble un-to Our Lord Je-sus Christ; plead for the peo-ple,

..... "Pi ,.. 1 .... 1i"Pi,..

,.. 1 ; .,.. ,.. ,..;



in-ter-vene for the Cler-gy, in-ter-cede for all de-vout and pi - ous wo-men-folk.

• •

After the Antiphon on the Benedictus , the ~=~.=~.=~==~=======~~

1st Cantor alone begins chanting the Benediaus: III Bless-ed be the Lord God of Is-ra-el; * Only the 1st Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire responds with the 2nd half of the lst verse

11\ ~ • 1 • •• • •• • • • ,

[I • II ~

of the Benedictus: for He hath vi"s-it-ed and wrought re-demp-tion for His peo-ple,

300 I Appendix B- The Theotokos Benedictus Antiphons from Epiphany to Septuagesima I 300

, - ...

Tone 8 I , ' ;"...... IItj I • I 8 • I e ~ r 8 8 I] ••• • •• ,..,' II~ Only the 2nd Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire chants the Znd verse of the Benedictus , using this Tone, including the intonation notes:

And hath rais-ed up a horn of 1. sal-va-tion for us * 1. in the House of His

J_ ser-vant Da-vid; ~

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (including the intonation ~otes), ~he two sides, alter.natinj the vers~s thereafter:

As He spake b_y tHe 1. mouth of HIS ho-Iy ones, _the J, Proph-ets ,of old,

That we should be sa- 1. ved from our en-em-ies, * 1. and from the hands of

J, all that hate us; ,

To deal mer-ci-ful- 1. 15' with our fath-ers, * 1. and to .re-mem-ber His J_ H(Hy COv-en-ant. The oath which He sware to 1. our fath-er A-bra-ham: * 1. that He J_ would

grant un-to us, _

That ~Ne be de-liv-er-ed out of the 1. hind of our en-::em-ies, * 1. that we might

"" serve J, Him, with-out fear, . _ A

In ho-li-ness and righ- ~ teoiis-ness be-fore Him-1 * 1. all the J, daiS of our life. And thou,., 0 child, shalt be call-ed the Proph- ..j, et of the Mos High; * 1. for

thou shalt go before the Face of the Lord J, to pre-pare His ways; _ A I

To give know-ledge of salvation 1. un-to His pro-pIe * 1. by the re- J, mis-sion of their sins, :; Through the bow-els 1. of mer-cy of Our God; * 1. where-by the Day-spring I'

from on High hath J, 'vis-it-ed us, I

To give Light to them that sit in darkness, and in 1. the shad-ow Of death, */

1. to guide our feef in- J_ to the Way of'Peace, I

Glor-y be to the 1. Fath-er, and to the + Son-1 * and J_ to the Ho-ly Ghost. ,

As it was in the beginning, 1. both now and ev-er, * ..j, and un-to the a-ges of J, a-ges. A-men.

Th I I 1Itj. IItj 11

en, ' , ,1Itj .., IItj I' ,..

I

All repeat:

• - '. 1\

o





bless-ed • 1\

Bear-er IItj :I

of God, Mar-y, • ... II •

ev-er-Vir-gin, ~ .

,

Tem-ple of the God-head, Hal-low-ed Shrine of the Ho-ly Ghost; thou on-ly a-bove

tl~~~~I~~'~~~~~'~~IItj~~~~~.~IItj~~~~~J\~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~'~11

= ' I." , ' I." IItj \~

all oth-ers wast ac-cep-ta-ble un-to Our Lord Je-sus Christ; plead for the peo-ple,

I... l'ii ... I'~ l'ii l'ii ... ~

h IItj I :I ~. 1\ h IItjI llItj IItj ...' , 111

in-ter-vene for the Cler-gy, in-ter-cede for all de-vout and pi - ous wo-men-folk.

The Antiphon on the Benedictus and the Benedictus IV

Then is sung the Antiphon on the Benedictus ,
which is always begun by the Abbot I IItj I I 1


(or Senior in Quire) alone, as follows: My soul.
I • • • •
All continue the , •

Antiphon as follows:

, I I

Had

melt-ed

with-in me,

I

• 1\







,

IItj •





I .'

'.'. IItj •

I

what time My Be-lov-ed spake; I sought Him, but I could not find Him; I call-ed ~... . . . ,II 'I

• rt

,



him, but he gave me no an-swer; the watch-men found me, that go ab-out the Cit-y;

I' :I 1Itj1.:I ' 1\ "'1 ~. IItj ... ~ 1\

1Itj:l IItj :I

they smote me, they like-wise wound-ed me; the keep-ers of the wall took a-way

I , ,I' , · 1\ • 1\ :I ' I, '." ,~rt ' • , II,

my veil: "0 daught-ers of Jer-u-sa-lem, tell My Be-lov-ed that I lan-guish with love.

You might also like